WO2023088485A1 - 处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质 - Google Patents

处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023088485A1
WO2023088485A1 PCT/CN2022/133477 CN2022133477W WO2023088485A1 WO 2023088485 A1 WO2023088485 A1 WO 2023088485A1 CN 2022133477 W CN2022133477 W CN 2022133477W WO 2023088485 A1 WO2023088485 A1 WO 2023088485A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
carrier
terminal device
scheduling
information
indication information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/133477
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
朱荣昌
黄钧蔚
Original Assignee
深圳传音控股股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 filed Critical 深圳传音控股股份有限公司
Publication of WO2023088485A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023088485A1/zh

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/06—Reselecting a communication resource in the serving access point
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453—Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and specifically relates to a processing method, a communication device, a communication system and a storage medium.
  • the network device may configure one or more carriers for the terminal device, and the configured carriers may be in an activated state or a deactivated state.
  • the network device can activate or deactivate the configured carrier through a media access layer (Media Access Control, MAC for short) control element (Control Element, CE for short).
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • CE Control Element
  • the inventor found at least the following problems:
  • the network device needs to deactivate the currently activated carrier, and reactivation can The scheduled carrier, which will lead to a more cumbersome and complicated signaling process in this process, and will affect the experience of user data transmission.
  • the present application provides a processing method, a communication device, a communication system and a storage medium to solve the above technical problems.
  • the present application provides a processing method applied to a terminal device, including the following steps:
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the S1 step includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the method also includes:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the obtaining scheduling information includes:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • the method further includes:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the present application provides a processing method applied to a terminal device, including the following steps:
  • the terminal device meets preset conditions, including at least one of the following:
  • a request to switch the scheduling carrier is sent
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is configured
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is not configured.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the aggregated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the method also includes:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the obtaining scheduling information includes:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • the method further includes:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the present application provides a processing method applied to a terminal device, including the following steps:
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the scheduling information is obtained in the following manner:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • the method further includes:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the present application provides a processing method applied to a network device, including the following steps:
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the S3 step includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the method also includes:
  • Send scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the sending scheduling information includes:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by carrier indication information, then send the scheduling information through a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the time when the network device sends the indication information is no later than the time when the scheduling information is sent.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the present application provides a processing method applied to a terminal device, including the following steps:
  • the S1 step includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one carrier and/or at least one carrier group.
  • the scheduling carrier includes:
  • the at least one carrier and/or the at least one carrier group indicated by the indication information are provided.
  • the method also includes:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the obtaining scheduling information includes:
  • the scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the scheduled carrier;
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the present application provides a processing method applied to a terminal device, including the following steps:
  • the terminal device meets preset conditions, including at least one of the following:
  • a request to switch the scheduling carrier is sent
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is configured
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is not configured.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one carrier and/or at least one carrier group.
  • the scheduling carrier includes:
  • the at least one carrier and/or the at least one carrier group indicated by the indication information are provided.
  • the method also includes:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the obtaining scheduling information includes:
  • the scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the scheduled carrier;
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the present application provides a processing method applied to a terminal device, including the following steps:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the scheduling information is obtained in the following manner:
  • the scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the scheduled carrier;
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one carrier and/or at least one carrier group.
  • the scheduled carrier includes: the at least one carrier and/or the at least one carrier group indicated by the indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the present application provides a processing method applied to a network device, comprising the following steps:
  • the S3 step includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one carrier and/or at least one carrier group.
  • the scheduling carrier includes:
  • the at least one carrier and/or the at least one carrier group indicated by the indication information are provided.
  • the method also includes:
  • Sending scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the sending scheduling information includes:
  • the scheduling carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, sending the scheduling information through a physical downlink control channel on the scheduling carrier;
  • the scheduling information is sent through the carrier indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the method further includes:
  • the present application provides a processing device, including:
  • an acquisition module configured to acquire instruction information
  • a processing module configured to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the indication information.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the acquisition module is specifically used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the acquisition module is also used for:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the acquisition module is also specifically used for:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • a sending module is also included, and the sending module is used for, before obtaining the indication information:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the present application provides a processing device, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive the first information to obtain indication information in response to the terminal device meeting a preset condition
  • a processing module configured to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device meets preset conditions, including at least one of the following:
  • a request to switch the scheduling carrier is sent
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is configured
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is not configured.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving module is also used for:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the receiving module is further configured to:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • a sending module is also included, and the sending module is configured to, before receiving the first information to acquire the indication information:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the present application provides a processing device, comprising:
  • a transceiver module configured to obtain first information, and obtain indication information according to the first information
  • a processing module configured to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the indication information
  • the transmission module is configured to perform data transmission with the network device on the second scheduled carrier according to the scheduling information.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the scheduling information is obtained in the following manner:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • the transceiving module is further configured to, before obtaining the first information and obtaining indication information according to the first information:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the present application provides a processing device, comprising:
  • the transceiver module is configured to send instruction information, where the instruction information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the S3 step includes:
  • the transceiver module is specifically used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • Send scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the transceiver module is specifically further configured to:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by carrier indication information, then send the scheduling information through a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the time when the network device sends the indication information is no later than the time when the scheduling information is sent.
  • the transceiver module is also used for, before sending the indication information:
  • the transceiver module is also used for, before sending the indication information:
  • the present application provides a processing device, including:
  • an acquisition module configured to acquire instruction information
  • a processing module configured to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers of the terminal device according to the indication information.
  • the acquisition module is specifically used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one carrier and/or at least one carrier group.
  • the scheduling carrier includes:
  • the at least one carrier and/or the at least one carrier group indicated by the indication information are provided.
  • the acquisition module is also used for:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the acquisition module is also specifically used for:
  • the scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the scheduled carrier;
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • a sending module is also included, and the sending module is used for, before obtaining the indication information:
  • the present application provides a processing device, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive the first information to obtain indication information in response to the terminal device meeting a preset condition
  • a processing module configured to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers of the terminal device according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device meets preset conditions, including at least one of the following:
  • a request to switch the scheduling carrier is sent
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is configured
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is not configured.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one carrier and/or at least one carrier group.
  • the scheduling carrier includes:
  • the at least one carrier and/or the at least one carrier group indicated by the indication information are provided.
  • the receiving module is also used for:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the receiving module is further configured to:
  • the scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the scheduled carrier;
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • a sending module is also included, and the sending module is configured to, before receiving the first information to acquire the indication information:
  • the present application provides a processing device, comprising:
  • a transceiver module configured to obtain first information, and obtain indication information according to the first information
  • a processing module configured to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers of the terminal device according to the indication information
  • the transmission module is configured to perform data transmission with network equipment on the scheduled carrier according to the scheduling information.
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the scheduling information is obtained in the following manner:
  • the scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the scheduled carrier;
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one carrier and/or at least one carrier group.
  • the scheduled carrier includes: the at least one carrier and/or the at least one carrier group indicated by the indication information.
  • the transceiving module is further configured to, before obtaining the first information and obtaining indication information according to the first information:
  • the present application provides a processing device, including:
  • the transceiver module is configured to send indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers.
  • the transceiver module is specifically used for:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one carrier and/or at least one carrier group.
  • the scheduling carrier includes:
  • the at least one carrier and/or the at least one carrier group indicated by the indication information are provided.
  • the transceiver module is also used for:
  • Sending scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the transceiver module is specifically further configured to:
  • the scheduling carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, sending the scheduling information through a physical downlink control channel on the scheduling carrier;
  • the scheduling information is sent through the carrier indication information.
  • the transceiver module is also used for, before sending the indication information:
  • the transceiver module is also used for, before sending the indication information:
  • the present application provides a communication system, including:
  • a terminal device for performing the method described in any one of the first aspect to the third aspect, or the fifth aspect to the seventh aspect;
  • a network device configured to execute the method described in any one of the fourth aspect or the eighth aspect.
  • the present application provides a communication device, including: a memory and a processor;
  • the memory is used to store program instructions
  • the processor is configured to call program instructions in the memory to execute the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which a computer program is stored; when the computer program is executed, the method described in any one of the first to eighth aspects is realized. method.
  • the present application provides a computer program product, where the computer program product includes a computer program; when the computer program is executed, the method according to any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect is realized.
  • the network device sends instruction information, and after receiving the instruction information, the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • a carrier is scheduled, and the second scheduled carrier can be used for subsequent network devices and terminal devices to perform data transmission.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to complete the switch from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier through the indication information without performing carrier switching. Deactivation and activation consume less signaling and can also improve user data transmission experience.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal device provided in an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a system architecture diagram of a communication network provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a signaling diagram 1 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a first schematic diagram of an instruction scheduling carrier provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a second schematic diagram of indicating a scheduled carrier provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram 1 of switching and scheduling carriers provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a second schematic diagram of switching and scheduling carriers provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is the second signaling diagram of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is the third signaling diagram of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a signaling diagram 4 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is the fifth signaling diagram of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a signaling diagram 6 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a processing device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is the second structural schematic diagram of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic structural diagram III of the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a structural schematic diagram 4 of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second, third, etc. may be used herein to describe various information, the information should not be limited to these terms. These terms are only used to distinguish information of the same type from one another. For example, without departing from the scope of this document, first information may also be called second information, and similarly, second information may also be called first information.
  • first information may also be called second information, and similarly, second information may also be called first information.
  • second information may also be called first information.
  • the word “if” as used herein may be interpreted as “at” or “when” or “in response to a determination”.
  • the singular forms "a”, “an” and “the” are intended to include the plural forms as well, unless the context indicates otherwise.
  • A, B, C means “any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C
  • A, B or C or "A, B and/or C” means "any of the following: A; B; C; A and B; A and C; B and C; A and B and C”. Exceptions to this definition will only arise when combinations of elements, functions, steps or operations are inherently mutually exclusive in some way.
  • the words “if”, “if” as used herein may be interpreted as “at” or “when” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting”.
  • the phrases “if determined” or “if detected (the stated condition or event)” could be interpreted as “when determined” or “in response to the determination” or “when detected (the stated condition or event) )” or “in response to detection of (a stated condition or event)”.
  • step codes such as S1 and S2 are used, the purpose of which is to express the corresponding content more clearly and concisely, and does not constitute a substantive limitation on the order.
  • S2 will be executed first and then S1, etc., but these should be within the protection scope of this application.
  • Smart terminals can be implemented in various forms.
  • the smart terminals described in this application may include mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, palmtop computers, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), portable media players (Portable Media Player, PMP), navigation devices, Smart terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers, as well as fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • PMP portable media players
  • navigation devices Smart terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers
  • Smart terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers
  • fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • terminal equipment will be taken as an example, and those skilled in the art will understand that, in addition to elements specially used for mobile purposes, the configuration according to the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to fixed-type terminals.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a terminal device implementing various embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device 100 may include: an RF (Radio Frequency, radio frequency) unit 101, a WiFi module 102, an audio output unit 103, an A /V (audio/video) input unit 104, sensor 105, display unit 106, user input unit 107, interface unit 108, memory 109, processor 110, and power supply 111 and other components.
  • RF Radio Frequency, radio frequency
  • the radio frequency unit 101 can be used for sending and receiving information or receiving and sending signals during a call.
  • the radio frequency unit 101 can be processed by the processor 110; in addition, the uplink data can be sent to the base station.
  • the radio frequency unit 101 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the radio frequency unit 101 can also communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication.
  • the above wireless communication can use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to GSM (Global System of Mobile communication, Global System for Mobile Communications), GPRS (General Packet Radio Service, General Packet Radio Service), CDMA2000 (Code Division Multiple Access 2000 , Code Division Multiple Access 2000), WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access, Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), TD-SCDMA (Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access, Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access), FDD-LTE (Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, frequency division duplex long-term evolution), TDD-LTE (Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, time-division duplex long-term evolution) and 5G, etc.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication, Global System for Mobile Communications
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • CDMA2000 Code Division Multiple Access 2000
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • TD-SCDMA Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access, Time Division Synchro
  • WiFi is a short-distance wireless transmission technology.
  • the terminal device can help users send and receive emails, browse web pages, and access streaming media, etc. It provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
  • FIG. 1 shows the WiFi module 102, it can be understood that it is not a necessary component of the terminal device, and can be completely omitted as required without changing the essence of the invention.
  • the audio output unit 103 can store the audio received by the radio frequency unit 101 or the WiFi module 102 or stored in the memory 109 when the terminal device 100 is in a call signal receiving mode, a call mode, a recording mode, a voice recognition mode, a broadcast receiving mode, or the like.
  • the audio data is converted into an audio signal and output as sound.
  • the audio output unit 103 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the terminal device 100 (eg, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.).
  • the audio output unit 103 may include a speaker, a buzzer, and the like.
  • the A/V input unit 104 is used to receive audio or video signals.
  • the A/V input unit 104 may include a graphics processing unit (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 1041 and a microphone 1042, and the graphics processing unit 1041 is used for still pictures or The image data of the video is processed.
  • the processed image frames may be displayed on the display unit 106 .
  • the image frames processed by the graphics processor 1041 may be stored in the memory 109 (or other storage media) or sent via the radio frequency unit 101 or the WiFi module 102 .
  • the microphone 1042 may receive sound (audio data) via the microphone 1042 in a phone call mode, recording mode, voice recognition mode, and the like operating modes, and can process such sound as audio data.
  • the processed audio (voice) data can be converted into a format transmittable to a mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 101 for output in case of a phone call mode.
  • the microphone 1042 may implement various types of noise cancellation (or suppression) algorithms to cancel (or suppress) noise or interference generated in the process of receiving and transmitting audio signals.
  • the terminal device 100 also includes at least one sensor 105, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor.
  • the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 1061 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the proximity sensor can turn off the display when the terminal device 100 moves to the ear. panel 1061 and/or backlight.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (generally three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary, and can be used for applications that recognize the posture of mobile phones (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related Games, magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tap), etc.; as for mobile phones, fingerprint sensors, pressure sensors, iris sensors, molecular sensors, gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, Other sensors such as thermometers and infrared sensors will not be described in detail here.
  • the display unit 106 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user.
  • the display unit 106 may include a display panel 1061, and the display panel 1061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal Display, LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (Organic Light-Emitting Diode, OLED), or the like.
  • LCD Liquid Crystal Display
  • OLED Organic Light-Emitting Diode
  • the user input unit 107 can be used to receive input numbers or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal device.
  • the user input unit 107 may include a touch panel 1071 and other input devices 1072 .
  • the touch panel 1071 also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations of the user on or near it (for example, the user uses any suitable object or accessory such as a finger or a stylus on the touch panel 1071 or near the touch panel 1071). operation), and drive the corresponding connection device according to the preset program.
  • the touch panel 1071 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the user's touch orientation, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives touch information from the touch detection device and converts it into contact coordinates , and then sent to the processor 110, and can receive the command sent by the processor 110 and execute it.
  • the touch panel 1071 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave.
  • the user input unit 107 may also include other input devices 1072 .
  • other input devices 1072 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, etc., which are not specifically described here. limited.
  • the touch panel 1071 may cover the display panel 1061.
  • the touch panel 1071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits to the processor 110 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 110 determines the touch event according to the touch event.
  • the corresponding visual output is provided on the display panel 1061 .
  • the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 are used as two independent components to realize the input and output functions of the terminal device, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1071 and the display panel 1061 can be integrated
  • the implementation of the input and output functions of the terminal device is not specifically limited here.
  • the interface unit 108 serves as an interface through which at least one external device can be connected with the terminal device 100 .
  • an external device may include a wired or wireless headset port, an external power (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) ports, video I/O ports, headphone ports, and more.
  • the interface unit 108 can be used to receive input from an external device (for example, data information, power, etc.) transfer data between devices.
  • the memory 109 can be used to store software programs as well as various data.
  • the memory 109 can mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, at least one function required application program (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) etc.
  • the storage data area can be Store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created according to the use of the mobile phone.
  • the memory 109 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the processor 110 is the control center of the terminal equipment, uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire terminal equipment, runs or executes software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 109, and calls data stored in the memory 109 , execute various functions of the terminal equipment and process data, so as to monitor the terminal equipment as a whole.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 110 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor.
  • the application processor mainly processes operating systems, user interfaces, and application programs, etc.
  • the demodulation processor mainly handles wireless communication. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 110 .
  • the terminal device 100 can also include a power supply 111 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
  • a power supply 111 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
  • the power supply 111 can be logically connected to the processor 110 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. and other functions.
  • the terminal device 100 may also include a Bluetooth module, etc., which will not be repeated here.
  • the following describes the communication network system on which the terminal device of the present application is based.
  • FIG. 2 is a structure diagram of a communication network system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication network system is an LTE system of general mobile communication technology.
  • 201 E-UTRAN (Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network, Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network) 202, EPC (Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core Network) 203 and the operator's IP service 204.
  • E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
  • EPC Evolved Packet Core, Evolved Packet Core Network
  • the UE 201 may be the above-mentioned terminal device 100, which will not be repeated here.
  • E-UTRAN 202 includes eNodeB 2021 and other eNodeB 2022 and so on.
  • the eNodeB2021 can be connected to other eNodeB2022 through a backhaul (for example, X2 interface), the eNodeB2021 is connected to the EPC203, and the eNodeB2021 can provide access from the UE 201 to the EPC 203.
  • a backhaul for example, X2 interface
  • EPC203 may include MME (Mobility Management Entity, Mobility Management Entity) 2031, HSS (Home Subscriber Server, Home Subscriber Server) 2032, other MME2033, SGW (Serving Gate Way, Serving Gateway) 2034, PGW (PDN Gate Way, packet data Network Gateway) 2035 and PCRF (Policy and Charging Rules Function, Policy and Charging Functional Entity) 2036, etc.
  • MME2031 is a control node that processes signaling between UE201 and EPC203, and provides bearer and connection management.
  • HSS2032 is used to provide some registers to manage functions such as home location register (not shown in the figure), and save some user-specific information about service features and data rates.
  • PCRF2036 is the policy and charging control policy decision point of business data flow and IP bearer resources, it is the policy and charging execution functional unit (not shown) Select and provide available policy and charging control decisions.
  • the IP service 204 may include Internet, Intranet, IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem) or other IP services.
  • IMS IP Multimedia Subsystem, IP Multimedia Subsystem
  • LTE system is used as an example above, those skilled in the art should know that this application is not only applicable to the LTE system, but also applicable to other wireless communication systems, such as GSM, CDMA2000, WCDMA, TD-SCDMA and future new wireless communication systems.
  • the network system (such as 5G), etc., is not limited here.
  • Carrier aggregation is to meet the requirements of high speed and system capacity improvement, and introduces a technology to increase the transmission bandwidth of the system.
  • Carrier aggregation enables the NR system to support larger bandwidth through joint scheduling and use of resources on multiple component carriers (Component Carriers, CCs), thereby enabling higher system peak rates.
  • Component Carriers Component Carriers
  • a terminal device may have at least one carrier resource at the same time, including a primary carrier and one or more secondary carriers.
  • the system includes a Master Cell Group (MCG for short) and a Secondary Cell Group (SCG for short).
  • MCG Master Cell Group
  • SCG Secondary Cell Group
  • the group where the cell that the terminal device first initiates random access belongs to is the MCG.
  • the MCG it may include at least one cell.
  • the primary cell Primary Cell
  • SCell Secondary Cell
  • the PCell and SCell under the MCG are combined through the carrier aggregation technology.
  • the SCG may also include at least one cell, and the at least one cell includes a Primary Secondary Cell (PSCell for short) and an SCell, and the PSCell and the SCell under the SCG are combined through carrier aggregation technology.
  • PSCell Primary Secondary Cell
  • SCell SCell
  • the system may include at least one cell, and the at least one cell may also be combined through the carrier aggregation technology.
  • the activated carrier is the scheduled carrier, and the terminal device needs to monitor all activated carriers, that is, all activated carriers are scheduled. If the currently activated carrier cannot serve the current terminal device due to load or coverage or other reasons, and it needs to be switched to another carrier, the network device needs to deactivate the current carrier first, and then activate the carrier that can be scheduled.
  • the network device configures the three carriers of CC0, CC1 and CC2 for the terminal device, and activates the two carriers of CC0 and CC1
  • the terminal device needs to configure CC0
  • CC2 also needs to be activated, so that CC2 can serve the terminal device.
  • the above process involves the activation and deactivation of the carrier, and there are many signaling processes.
  • the current carrier cannot serve the current terminal device, and the terminal device and the network Data transmission cannot be performed between devices, which will affect the user's data transmission experience.
  • the present application provides a processing method.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device which carriers are scheduled.
  • the network device can instruct the activated carriers to switch the scheduled carriers, without deactivation and reactivation operations, which can save signaling.
  • Fig. 3 is a signaling diagram 1 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 3, the method may include:
  • the network device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the network device can configure one or more carriers for the terminal device. After configuring one or more carriers for the terminal device, the network device can also activate or deactivate the configured carriers.
  • the activated carrier among the configured carriers is the activated carrier of the terminal device.
  • the carrier to be deactivated among the carriers is the deactivated carrier of the terminal device.
  • a deactivated carrier does not support transceiving or transmission of data.
  • the indication information may also be referred to as scheduling carrier indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the first scheduled carrier is the current scheduled carrier of the terminal device
  • the second scheduled carrier is the scheduled carrier of the terminal device after handover.
  • the network device may send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the second scheduled carrier may serve the terminal device, that is, the terminal device may perform data transmission with the network device on the second scheduled carrier, and/or, the unscheduled carrier does not serve the terminal device.
  • the terminal device acquires indication information.
  • the terminal device may acquire indication information from the network device, the indication information may also be referred to as scheduling carrier indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier.
  • the indication information may be independent information, or information carried in other information. When the indication information is independent information, the terminal device can directly obtain the indication information from the network device; when the indication information is carried in other information, for example, when the indication information is carried in the first information, the terminal device can obtain the indication information from the network device The first information is acquired, and then the indication information is acquired according to the first information.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device After the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the indication information. Since the instruction information instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, the terminal device switches the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the second scheduled carrier is the carrier for subsequent data transmission. Network devices and terminal devices can perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier. For the unscheduled carriers among the active carriers, since the network device and terminal devices do not need to Data transmission is carried out on the specified carrier, so the terminal device does not need to monitor the unscheduled carrier.
  • the network device sends the instruction information, and the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the instruction information after receiving the instruction information, and the second scheduling carrier It can be used for subsequent network equipment and terminal equipment for data transmission.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to complete the switch from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier through the indication information without performing carrier switching. Deactivation and activation consume less signaling and can also improve user data transmission experience.
  • the number of scheduled carriers is less than or equal to the number of activated carriers, that is, the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the set of activated carriers of the terminal device, and/or, the second scheduled carrier is an activated carrier of the terminal device A subset of a collection.
  • the activated carrier set is a set composed of all currently activated carriers of the terminal device. For example, if the current active carriers of the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the active carriers included in the active carrier set are CC0, CC1 and CC2.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set, then the first scheduled carrier may be CC0, CC1, CC2, CC0 and CC1, CC1 and CC2, CC0 and CC2, CC0 , CC1 and CC2; similarly, the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set, then the second scheduled carrier may be CC0, may be CC1, may be CC2, may include CC0 and CC1, may include CC1 and CC2, may Includes CC0 and CC2, and may include CC0, CC1, and CC2.
  • the first scheduled carrier and the second scheduled carrier include at least one different active carrier. That is, the first scheduled carrier includes at least one activated carrier and the second scheduled carrier does not include the activated carrier, and/or the second scheduled carrier includes at least one activated carrier and the first scheduled carrier does not include the activated carrier.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present application can realize switching of the scheduled carrier through indication information.
  • the carriers configured by the network device for the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the network device may activate CC0, CC1 and CC2, and then indicate CC0 and CC1 as the second scheduled carriers through indication information.
  • the terminal device After determining CC0 and CC1 as the second scheduled carriers, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device through CC0 and CC1, that is, CC0 and CC1 can serve the terminal device. If CC0 cannot serve the current terminal device due to some reasons at this time, the network device can schedule carrier switching through the indication information.
  • the current scheduled carriers of the terminal device are CC0 and CC1.
  • CC0 and CC1 are the first scheduled carriers
  • the indication information instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling carriers may be, for example, CC1 and CC2.
  • the activation and deactivation process of the carrier does not need to be performed, and the signaling process can be reduced. Since there is no carrier activation and deactivation process, there will be no problem that the current carrier cannot serve the current terminal equipment, and user data transmission experience can be provided.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier through the instruction information. It may be that the network device determines that it needs to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, or the terminal device may request the network device to perform the scheduling carrier switching. switch.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to the load.
  • the load may include the number of users on the carrier, the amount of data, and so on.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with a small number of users through the instruction information, so as to reduce the load on the carrier; and/or, when the amount of data increases, the network device can The terminal device is instructed to switch the scheduling carrier to another carrier with a smaller data volume by using the instruction information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device can pre-set a threshold of the number of users, judge whether the number of users is too many according to whether the number of users exceeds the threshold of the number of users, and switch the scheduling carrier when the number of users is too many.
  • the network device may preset a data volume threshold, judge whether the data volume is too large according to whether the data volume exceeds the data volume threshold, and perform scheduling carrier switching when the data volume is too large.
  • the terminal device may also actively request the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device sends request information to the network device, and the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device After receiving the request information, the network device sends the instruction information to the network device according to the request information, and the terminal device can determine the scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the terminal device in response to the terminal device meeting the preset condition, sends request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meets the preset condition, which means that the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data, and/or the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier according to the capability of the terminal device itself. For example, the terminal device may decide whether to send a request message to the network device to request switching of the terminal device's scheduling carrier according to changes in the number of antennas supported by the terminal device, service changes of the terminal device, and coverage changes of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the terminal device
  • the idler non-scheduled carrier in the active carrier can be adjusted to the scheduled carrier to meet the service transmission requirements of the terminal equipment, for example, more antennas can also be used to increase the number of carriers;
  • the terminal device can send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device, for example, some scheduling carriers can be adjusted to non-scheduling carriers, so that the terminal device does not need to monitor on multiple scheduling carriers
  • the PDCCH reduces the power consumption of the terminal equipment. For example, some antenna ports can be closed to reduce the number of antennas, thereby saving the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the coverage corresponding to the carrier refers to the range of the cell corresponding to the carrier.
  • the signal quality of the terminal equipment located in the center of the cell is better, and the signal quality of the terminal device located at the edge of the cell is poor.
  • the coverage of the cell corresponding to different carriers may be different.
  • some carriers correspond to a cell with a coverage range of 500 meters, and some carriers correspond to a cell with a coverage range of 800 meters.
  • the terminal device may determine to switch the scheduled carrier. For example, when the terminal device is at the edge of the coverage of a certain carrier, it may request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier and switch to another carrier with better coverage.
  • the quality of coverage corresponding to the carrier where the terminal device is located can be determined by reference signal receiving power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, referred to as RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (Reference Signal Receiving Quality, referred to as RSRQ), channel quality indication (Channel Quality Indication, referred to as CQI) in one or more to characterize.
  • RSRP Reference Signal Receiving Power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Receiving Quality
  • CQI Channel Quality Indication
  • the network device may determine whether to switch the scheduled carrier according to the load on the first scheduled carrier and/or the channel quality on the first scheduled carrier.
  • the load on the first scheduled carrier is the amount of data transmitted by the terminal device and the network device on the first scheduled carrier.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, for example, increase the number of scheduled carriers to serve the traffic between the terminal device and the network device.
  • Data transmission when the load on the first scheduled carrier is less than or equal to a certain threshold within a certain period of time, the network device can determine that it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, for example, reduce the number of scheduled carriers to save power consumption of the terminal device .
  • the channel quality can be characterized by sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, referred to as SRS) measurement, block error rate (Block Error Rate, referred to as BLER), bit error probability (Bit Error Ratio, referred to as BER), RSRP, CQI .
  • SRS Sounding Reference Signal
  • BLER block error rate
  • BER Bit Error Ratio
  • CQI CQI
  • the BLER increases to the first threshold, or when the BER increases to the second threshold, or when the RSRP decreases to the third threshold, or when the value of the CQI indicates poor channel quality, it indicates The channel quality corresponding to an activated carrier is poor.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to indicate the scheduled carrier to the terminal device.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier.
  • the network device switches the scheduling carrier according to at least one index of SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI, it can switch the scheduling carrier from a carrier with poor channel quality or poor coverage to a carrier with good channel quality or coverage. It is better to activate the carrier, so as to improve the user's experience of data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes the indication information.
  • the terminal device acquires the indication information according to the first information.
  • the first information is downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI for short).
  • the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, and the downlink control information includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the downlink control information, the terminal device acquires the indication information according to the downlink control information.
  • the first information is MAC CE.
  • the network device sends a MAC CE to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes indication information. After receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device obtains the indication information according to the MAC CE.
  • the first information is a radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC for short) reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, acquires the indication information according to the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the instruction information sent by the network device is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the number of the second scheduled carrier is one or more.
  • the indication information indicates at least one activated carrier in the activated carrier set of the terminal device, and/or, at least one activated carrier group.
  • the activated carrier group includes one or more activated carriers.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram 1 of indicating and scheduling carriers provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the network device After the activated carrier is determined, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled activated carrier.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes the indication information, and the terminal device can determine at least one activated carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and according to the field, the scheduled active carrier can be determined.
  • Each bit of the field represents an active carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1.
  • 0 means no scheduling
  • 1 means scheduling.
  • this field is 001010, indicating that the scheduled active carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • FIG. 4 exemplifies a solution in which the indication information indicates at least one activated carrier, and the terminal device determines the at least one activated carrier indicated by the indication information as the second scheduled carrier.
  • the indication information may further indicate at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device, and each activated carrier group includes one or more activated carriers.
  • the terminal device may determine an activated carrier in the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information as the second scheduled carrier.
  • the network device and the terminal device may agree in advance on the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each activated carrier, it can determine the corresponding activated carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram 2 of an instruction scheduling carrier provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • Table 1 illustrates a possible implementation scheme of activated carrier groups. As shown in Table 1, taking each activated carrier group including 2 activated carriers as an example, 6 carriers are combined in pairs, and a total of 15 combination schemes are included.
  • the network device After the activated carrier is determined, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled activated carrier group.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes the indication information, and the terminal device can determine at least one activated carrier group to be scheduled according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one activated carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the terminal device after receiving the DCI, acquires indication information according to the DCI, and the field in the indication information is "0110".
  • the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information is CC1 and CC3
  • the activated carrier group includes CC1 and CC3.
  • the two activated carriers are determined as the second scheduled carriers.
  • the activated carrier groups indicated by the indication information are CC1 and CC4, and the activated carrier groups include CC1
  • the terminal device may determine the two activated carriers CC1 and CC4 included in the activated carrier group as the second scheduled carrier.
  • the active carriers included in the active carrier group indicated by the indication information can be known according to Table 1, and then the terminal device determines the corresponding second scheduled carrier.
  • the activated carrier group is indicated by the indication information, and the activated carrier group includes one or more activated carriers, so that the number of bits in the indication information can be reduced. For example, in the example in FIG. 5 , all carrier combinations can be indicated through a four-bit field, which saves the number of bits in the indication information compared with the six-bit field in FIG. 4 .
  • the activated carrier group in Table 1 is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation of the actual activated carrier group.
  • the number of activated carriers included in the activated carrier group agreed by the network device and the terminal device can be any possible number such as 1, 2, 3, etc., and the number of activated carriers included in each activated carrier group can be the same, or can be Are not the same.
  • the terminal device determines the second scheduled carrier according to the indication information with reference to FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 .
  • the terminal device may need to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the network device may also send instruction information to the terminal device, and the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the network device may determine whether to switch the scheduled carrier according to the load, which may include, for example, the number of users and the amount of data on the first scheduled carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier according to its own capabilities. When determining to switch, the terminal device actively sends request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduled carrier.
  • FIG. 6 is a first schematic diagram of carrier switching scheduling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to determine the current scheduled carrier (that is, the first scheduled carrier) through the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which the scheduled carrier can be determined.
  • Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1.
  • 0 means no scheduling
  • 1 means scheduling.
  • the indication field of the previous indication information is "001010"
  • the corresponding first scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device When it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one active carrier in the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes the indication information, and the terminal device can determine at least one active carrier in the activated carrier set of the terminal device according to the indication information. carrier. After determining the at least one activated carrier, the terminal device may switch the first scheduled carrier to the at least one activated carrier indicated by the current indication information, and the at least one activated carrier is the second scheduled carrier.
  • this field is "001100", indicating that the second scheduled carriers are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from the original CC1 and CC3 (CC1 and CC3 are the first scheduled carriers) to CC2 and CC3 (CC2 and CC3 are the second scheduled carriers) according to the indication information. )superior.
  • Fig. 6 illustrates a solution in which the indication information indicates at least one activated carrier, and the terminal device switches the first scheduled carrier to the at least one activated carrier indicated by the indication information according to the indication information.
  • the indication information may further indicate at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device, and each activated carrier group includes one or more activated carriers.
  • the terminal device may switch the first scheduled carrier to an activated carrier in the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information, and the activated carrier in the activated carrier group is the second scheduled carrier.
  • FIG. 7 is a second schematic diagram of carrier switching scheduling provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the current scheduled carrier has been determined by using at least one activated carrier group indicated by the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one activated carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the network device and the terminal device may agree in advance on the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each activated carrier, it can determine the corresponding activated carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the activated carrier group shown in Table 1 is still used as an example for introduction.
  • the activated carriers included in the corresponding activated carrier group are CC1 and CC3, and the currently scheduled carriers of the terminal device are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device When it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one activated carrier group to be scheduled.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes the indication information, and the terminal device can determine at least one activated carrier in the activated carrier group according to the indication information. After determining at least one scheduled active carrier group, the terminal device may switch the currently scheduled active carrier (that is, the first scheduled carrier, such as CC1 and CC3 in FIG. 7 ) to the at least one active carrier group indicated by the current indication information. on the activated carrier (that is, the second scheduled carrier, such as CC2 and CC3 in FIG. 7 ).
  • the field is "1001".
  • the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier from the first scheduling carrier, ie, the original CC1 and CC3, to the second scheduling carrier, ie, CC2 and CC3, according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device may acquire scheduling information from the network device.
  • the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and the network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling information may include at least one indication of data transmission, for example, instructing the terminal device and the network device on which time domain to perform data transmission, on which frequency domain to perform data transmission, and so on.
  • the time when the terminal device obtains the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device obtains the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device first acquires the indication information, determines the scheduled carrier according to the indication information, and then acquires the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device obtains the indication information and the scheduling information at the same time.
  • the network device configures three carriers for the terminal device, which are CC0, CC1 and CC2, and indicates that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC2 through the instruction information, and the CC1 cross-carrier scheduling instruction carries the scheduling information of CC2.
  • the terminal device can obtain indication information and scheduling information at the same time.
  • the terminal device may obtain scheduling information by monitoring a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH for short) on the second scheduled carrier. That is, when the terminal device is not configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH on the second scheduled carrier, and obtain the scheduling information according to the PDCCH.
  • carrier indicator Carrier Indicator
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the terminal device may obtain the scheduling information through the carrier indication information. That is, when the terminal device is configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device acquires carrier indication information, and acquires the scheduling information according to the carrier indication information.
  • the carrier indication information may be carried on the DCI, that is, the terminal device acquires the DCI, and acquires the carrier indication information according to the DCI.
  • the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device according to the instruction of the scheduling information, for example, the terminal device sends data to the network device, or the terminal device receives data from the network device, and so on.
  • Fig. 8 is a signaling diagram 2 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 8, the method may include:
  • the network device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers.
  • the network device can configure one or more carriers for the terminal device. After configuring one or more carriers for the terminal device, the network device can also activate or deactivate the configured carriers.
  • the activated carrier among the configured carriers is the activated carrier of the terminal device.
  • the carrier to be deactivated among the carriers is the deactivated carrier of the terminal device.
  • a deactivated carrier does not support transceiving or transmission of data.
  • the indication information can also be called scheduling carrier indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine the scheduled carrier among the activated carriers, and the network device can send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to determine the scheduled carrier among the activated carriers .
  • the scheduled carrier can serve the terminal device, that is, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device on the scheduled carrier, and/or, the unscheduled carrier does not serve the terminal device.
  • the terminal device acquires indication information.
  • the terminal device may acquire indication information from the network device, the indication information may also be referred to as scheduling carrier indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers.
  • the indication information may be independent information, or information carried in other information.
  • the terminal device may directly obtain the indication information from the network device; and/or, when the indication information is information carried in other information, for example, when the indication information is carried in the first information, the terminal The device may obtain the first information from the network device, and then obtain the indication information according to the first information.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device.
  • the network device sends first information to the terminal device, where the first information includes the indication information.
  • the terminal device acquires the indication information according to the first information.
  • the first information is DCI.
  • the network device sends DCI to the terminal device, and the DCI includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the DCI, the terminal device acquires the indication information according to the downlink control information.
  • the first information is MAC CE.
  • the network device sends a MAC CE to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes indication information. After receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device obtains the indication information according to the MAC CE.
  • the first information is an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, acquires the indication information according to the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device determines a scheduled carrier among activated carriers of the terminal device according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device After the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device, the terminal device receives the indication information. Since the scheduling carrier is indicated in the indication information, the terminal device determines the scheduling carrier among the activated carriers according to the indication information. The scheduled carrier is the carrier for subsequent data transmission. Network devices and terminal devices can perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier. For the unscheduled carriers among the active carriers, network devices and terminal devices do not need to perform data transmission on unscheduled carriers. Data transmission, so end devices do not need to listen to unscheduled carriers.
  • the number of scheduled carriers is less than or equal to the number of activated carriers.
  • the activated carriers include CC0, CC1 and CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may be CC0, CC1, or CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may include CC0 and CC1, CC1 and CC2, and CC0 and CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may also be May include CC0, CC1 and CC2. That is, scheduled carriers are a subset of activated carriers.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present application can realize switching of the scheduled carrier through indication information.
  • the carriers configured by the network device for the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the network device may activate CC0, CC1 and CC2, and then indicate CC0 and CC1 as scheduled carriers through indication information.
  • the terminal device After determining CC0 and CC1 as scheduling carriers, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device through CC0 and CC1, that is, CC0 and CC1 can serve the terminal device.
  • the network device may indicate CC1 and CC2 as scheduling carriers through indication information, so as to realize switching of scheduling carriers. In this process, the activation and deactivation process of the carrier does not need to be performed, and the signaling process can be reduced. Since there is no carrier activation and deactivation process, there will be no problem that the current carrier cannot serve the current terminal equipment, and user data transmission experience can be provided.
  • the network device indicates the scheduling carrier to the terminal device through the indication information. It may be that the network device determines that it needs to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, or the terminal device may request the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to the load on the currently scheduled carrier and/or the channel quality on the currently scheduled carrier.
  • the load on the currently scheduled carrier is the amount of data transmitted by the terminal device and the network device on the currently scheduled carrier.
  • the network device can determine that it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, such as increasing the number of scheduled carriers to serve the data between the terminal device and the network device Transmission:
  • the network device can determine that it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, for example, reduce the number of scheduled carriers to save power consumption of the terminal device.
  • channel quality can be characterized by SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, CQI.
  • the load may include the number of users on the carrier, the amount of data, and so on.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with fewer users through the instruction information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with a smaller amount of data through indication information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device can pre-set a threshold of the number of users, judge whether the number of users is too many according to whether the number of users exceeds the threshold of the number of users, and switch the scheduling carrier when the number of users is too many.
  • the network device may preset a data volume threshold, judge whether the data volume is too large according to whether the data volume exceeds the data volume threshold, and perform scheduling carrier switching when the data volume is too large.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to channel quality or coverage.
  • the channel quality or coverage can be measured by sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS for short), block error rate (Block Error Rate, BLER for short), bit error probability (Bit Error Ratio, BER for short), reference signal reception Power (Reference Signal Receiving Power, referred to as RSRP), channel quality indication (Channel Quality Indication, referred to as CQI) to characterize.
  • the BLER increases to the first threshold, or when the BER increases to the second threshold, or when the RSRP decreases to the third threshold, or when the value of the CQI indicates poor channel quality, it indicates The channel quality corresponding to a certain activated carrier is poor, or the channel coverage corresponding to a certain activated carrier is not good.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to indicate the scheduled carrier to the terminal device. And/or, when at least one indicator among SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI indicates that the channel quality corresponding to a scheduled carrier is poor or the channel coverage is not good, the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier .
  • the network device When the network device switches the scheduling carrier according to at least one index of SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI, it can switch the scheduling carrier from a carrier with poor channel quality or poor channel coverage to a carrier with better channel quality or The channel coverage is better on the carrier, so as to improve the user experience of data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the terminal device may also actively request the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device sends request information to the network device, and the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device After receiving the request information, the network device sends the instruction information to the network device according to the request information, and the terminal device can determine the scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier according to the capability of the terminal device itself. For example, the terminal device may decide whether to send request information to the network device to request switching of the terminal device's scheduling carrier according to at least one index such as changes in the number of antennas supported by the terminal device, service changes of the terminal device, and coverage changes of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device For example, a relatively idle non-scheduled carrier among the activated carriers may be adjusted as a scheduled carrier to meet the service transmission requirements of the terminal device, for example, more antennas may be used to increase the number of carriers.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduled carrier of the terminal device, for example, some scheduled carriers may be adjusted to non-scheduled carriers, so that The terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH on multiple scheduling carriers to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. For example, some antenna ports can be closed to reduce the number of antennas, thereby saving the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device By actively requesting the network device to switch the scheduled carrier by the terminal device, the flexibility of the scheduled carrier switch can be improved.
  • the instruction information sent by the network device is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers, and optionally, the number of scheduled carriers is one or more.
  • the indication information indicates at least one carrier, and/or, at least one carrier group.
  • the carrier group includes one or more carriers.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the network device after determining the activated carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one carrier to be scheduled.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes the indication information, and the terminal device can determine at least one carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and the scheduled carrier can be determined according to the field.
  • Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1.
  • 0 means no scheduling
  • 1 means scheduling.
  • this field is 001010, indicating that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • FIG. 4 exemplifies a scheme in which the indication information indicates at least one carrier, and the terminal device determines the at least one carrier indicated by the indication information as the scheduled carrier.
  • the indication information may also indicate at least one carrier group, and each carrier group includes one or more carriers.
  • the terminal device may determine a carrier in the carrier group indicated by the indication information as the scheduled carrier.
  • the network device and the terminal device may pre-determine the carriers included in the carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each carrier, it can determine the corresponding carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the terminal device after receiving the DCI, acquires indication information according to the DCI, and the field in the indication information is "0110".
  • the carrier group indicated by the indication information is CC1 and CC3.
  • This carrier group includes CC1 and CC3. The carrier is determined as the scheduled carrier.
  • the terminal device only needs to determine the two carriers, CC1 and CC4 included in the carrier group, as scheduling carriers. And/or, if the field in the indication information is other fields, the carriers included in the carrier group indicated by the indication information can be known according to Table 1, and then the terminal device determines the corresponding scheduled carrier.
  • the indication information indicates the carrier group, and the carrier group includes one or more carriers, which can reduce the number of bits in the indication information. For example, in the example in FIG. 5 , all carrier combinations can be indicated through a four-bit field, which saves the number of bits in the indication information compared with the six-bit field in FIG. 4 .
  • the carrier group in Table 1 is only an example, and does not constitute a limitation of the actual carrier group.
  • the number of carriers included in the carrier group agreed by the network device and the terminal device may be any possible number such as 1, 2, 3, etc., and the number of carriers included in each carrier group may be the same or different.
  • the terminal device determines the scheduling carrier according to the indication information with reference to FIG. 4 and FIG. 5 .
  • the terminal device may need to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the network device may also send instruction information to the terminal device, and the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the network device may determine whether to switch the scheduling carrier according to the load.
  • the load may include, for example, the number of users and the amount of data on the scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier according to its own capabilities. When determining to switch, the terminal device actively sends request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduled carrier.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the scheduled carrier has been determined through the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which the scheduled carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. As an example on the left of FIG. 6 , the indication field of the previous indication information is "001010", and the corresponding scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device When it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled carrier.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes the indication information, and the terminal device can determine at least one carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information. After determining at least one scheduled carrier, the terminal device may switch the scheduled carrier to at least one carrier indicated by the current indication information.
  • this field is "001100", indicating that the scheduled carriers are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from CC1 and CC3 to CC2 and CC3 according to the indication information.
  • Fig. 6 illustrates a scheme in which the indication information indicates at least one carrier, and the terminal device switches the scheduled carrier to the at least one carrier indicated by the indication information according to the indication information.
  • the indication information may also indicate at least one carrier group, and each carrier group includes one or more carriers.
  • the terminal device may switch the scheduled carrier to a carrier in the carrier group indicated by the indication information.
  • FIG. 6 exemplifies a scheme in which the indication information indicates at least one carrier, and the terminal device performs scheduling carrier switching according to the at least one carrier indicated by the indication information.
  • the indication information may also indicate at least one carrier group, and each carrier group includes one or more carriers. When the indication information indicates at least one carrier group, the terminal device may switch the scheduled carrier according to the carrier group indicated by the indication information.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the scheduled carrier has been determined by using at least one carrier group indicated by the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the network device and the terminal device may pre-determine the carriers included in the carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each carrier, it can determine the corresponding carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the carrier group shown in Table 1 is still used as an example for introduction.
  • the indication field of the previous indication information is "0110”
  • the carriers included in the corresponding carrier group are CC1 and CC3.
  • the scheduling carriers of the terminal device are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device When it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled carrier group.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes the indication information, and the terminal device can determine at least one carrier group to be scheduled according to the indication information. After determining the at least one scheduled carrier group, the terminal device may switch the scheduled carrier to the carrier included in the at least one carrier group indicated by the current indication information.
  • this field is "1001".
  • the carriers included in the carrier group indicated by the indication information are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from CC1 and CC3 to CC2 and CC3 according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device can obtain the scheduling information from the network device.
  • the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and the network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling information may include at least one indication of data transmission, for example, instructing the terminal device and the network device on which time domain to perform data transmission, on which frequency domain to perform data transmission, and so on.
  • the terminal device first acquires the indication information, determines the scheduled carrier according to the indication information, and then acquires the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device obtains the indication information and the scheduling information at the same time.
  • the network device configures three carriers for the terminal device, which are CC0, CC1 and CC2, and indicates that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC2 through the instruction information, and the CC1 cross-carrier scheduling instruction carries the scheduling information of CC2.
  • the terminal device can obtain indication information and scheduling information at the same time.
  • the terminal device can obtain the scheduling information by monitoring the physical downlink control channel (Physical Downlink Control Channel, PDCCH for short) on the scheduled carrier. That is, when the terminal device is not configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH on the scheduling carrier, and obtain the scheduling information according to the PDCCH.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • the terminal device may obtain the scheduling information through the carrier indication information. That is, when the terminal device is configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device acquires carrier indication information, and acquires the scheduling information according to the carrier indication information.
  • the carrier indication information may be carried on the DCI, that is, the terminal device acquires the DCI, and acquires the carrier indication information according to the DCI.
  • the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device according to the instruction of the scheduling information, for example, the terminal device sends data to the network device, or the terminal device receives data from the network device, and so on.
  • Fig. 9 is the third signaling diagram of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 9, the method may include:
  • the network device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second carrier.
  • the network device can configure one or more carriers for the terminal device. After configuring one or more carriers for the terminal device, the network device can also activate or deactivate the configured carriers.
  • the activated carrier among the configured carriers is the activated carrier of the terminal device.
  • the carrier to be deactivated among the carriers is the deactivated carrier of the terminal device.
  • a deactivated carrier does not support transceiving or transmission of data.
  • the indication information may also be referred to as scheduling carrier indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the first scheduled carrier is the current scheduled carrier of the terminal device
  • the second scheduled carrier is the scheduled carrier of the terminal device after handover.
  • the network device may send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the terminal device In response to the terminal device meeting the preset condition, the terminal device receives the first information to acquire indication information.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device satisfies the preset condition, the terminal device receives first information, the first information includes indication information, and acquires the indication information according to the first information.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the terminal device sending a request to switch the scheduling carrier, the terminal device being configured with cross-carrier scheduling, and the terminal device not being configured with cross-carrier scheduling.
  • the first information is downlink control information.
  • the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, and the downlink control information includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the downlink control information, the terminal device acquires the indication information according to the downlink control information.
  • the first information is MAC CE.
  • the network device sends a MAC CE to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes indication information. After receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device obtains the indication information according to the MAC CE.
  • the first information is an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, acquires the indication information according to the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device Since the instruction information instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, the terminal device switches the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the second scheduled carrier is the carrier for subsequent data transmission.
  • Network devices and terminal devices can perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the unscheduled carriers among the active carriers since the network device and terminal devices do not need to Data transmission is carried out on the specified carrier, so the terminal device does not need to monitor the unscheduled carrier.
  • the number of scheduled carriers is less than or equal to the number of activated carriers, that is, the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the set of activated carriers of the terminal device, and/or, the second scheduled carrier is an activated carrier of the terminal device A subset of a collection.
  • the activated carrier set is a set composed of all currently activated carriers of the terminal device. For example, if the current activated carriers of the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the activated carriers included in the activated carrier set are CC0, CC1 and CC2.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set, then the first scheduled carrier may be CC0, CC1, CC2, CC0 and CC1, CC1 and CC2, CC0 and CC2, CC0 , CC1 and CC2; similarly, the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set, then the second scheduled carrier may be CC0, may be CC1, may be CC2, may include CC0 and CC1, may include CC1 and CC2, may Includes CC0 and CC2, and may include CC0, CC1, and CC2.
  • the first scheduled carrier and the second scheduled carrier include at least one different activated carrier. That is, the first scheduled carrier includes at least one activated carrier and the second scheduled carrier does not include the activated carrier, and/or the second scheduled carrier includes at least one activated carrier and the first scheduled carrier does not include the activated carrier.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present application can realize switching of the scheduled carrier through indication information.
  • the carriers configured by the network device for the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the network device may activate CC0, CC1 and CC2, and then indicate CC0 and CC1 as the second scheduled carriers through indication information.
  • the terminal device After determining CC0 and CC1 as the second scheduled carriers, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device through CC0 and CC1, that is, CC0 and CC1 can serve the terminal device. If CC0 cannot serve the current terminal device due to some reasons at this time, the network device can schedule carrier switching through the indication information.
  • the current scheduled carriers of the terminal device are CC0 and CC1.
  • CC0 and CC1 are the first scheduled carriers
  • the indication information instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling carriers may be, for example, CC1 and CC2.
  • the activation and deactivation process of the carrier does not need to be performed, and the signaling process can be reduced. And/or, since there is no carrier activation and deactivation process, there will be no problem that the current carrier cannot serve the current terminal device, which can improve user data transmission experience.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier through the indication information. It may be that the network device determines that it needs to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, or the terminal device may request the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to the load.
  • the load may include the number of users on the carrier, the amount of data, and so on.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with a small number of users through the instruction information, so as to reduce the load on the carrier; and/or, when the amount of data increases, the network device can The terminal device is instructed to switch the scheduling carrier to another carrier with a smaller data volume by using the instruction information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device can pre-set a threshold of the number of users, judge whether the number of users is too many according to whether the number of users exceeds the threshold of the number of users, and switch the scheduling carrier when the number of users is too many.
  • the network device may preset a data volume threshold, judge whether the data volume is too large according to whether the data volume exceeds the data volume threshold, and perform scheduling carrier switching when the data volume is too large.
  • the terminal device may also actively request the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device sends request information to the network device, and the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device After receiving the request information, the network device sends the instruction information to the network device according to the request information, and the terminal device can determine the scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the terminal device in response to the terminal device meeting the preset condition, sends request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meets the preset condition, which means that the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data, and/or the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier according to the capability of the terminal device itself. For example, the terminal device may decide whether to send a request message to the network device to request switching of the terminal device's scheduling carrier according to changes in the number of antennas supported by the terminal device, service changes of the terminal device, and coverage changes of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the terminal device
  • the idler non-scheduled carrier in the active carrier can be adjusted to the scheduled carrier to meet the service transmission requirements of the terminal equipment, for example, more antennas can also be used to increase the number of carriers;
  • the terminal device can send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device, for example, some scheduling carriers can be adjusted to non-scheduling carriers, so that the terminal device does not need to monitor on multiple scheduling carriers
  • the PDCCH reduces the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the coverage corresponding to the carrier refers to the range of the cell corresponding to the carrier.
  • the signal quality of the terminal equipment located in the center of the cell is better, and the signal quality of the terminal device located at the edge of the cell is poor.
  • the coverage of the cell corresponding to different carriers may be different.
  • some carriers correspond to a cell with a coverage range of 500 meters, and some carriers correspond to a cell with a coverage range of 800 meters.
  • the terminal device may determine to switch the scheduled carrier. For example, when the terminal device is at the edge of the coverage of a certain carrier, it can request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier and switch to another carrier with better coverage.
  • the quality of coverage corresponding to the carrier where the terminal device is located may be characterized by one or more items of RSRP, RSRQ, and CQI.
  • the network device may determine whether to switch the scheduled carrier according to the load on the first scheduled carrier and/or the channel quality on the first scheduled carrier.
  • the load on the first scheduled carrier is the amount of data transmitted by the terminal device and the network device on the first scheduled carrier.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, for example, increase the number of scheduled carriers to serve the traffic between the terminal device and the network device.
  • Data transmission when the load on the first scheduled carrier is less than or equal to a certain threshold within a certain period of time, the network device can determine that it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, for example, reduce the number of scheduled carriers to save power consumption of the terminal device .
  • channel quality or coverage can be characterized by SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, CQI.
  • the BLER increases to the first threshold, or when the BER increases to the second threshold, or when the RSRP decreases to the third threshold, or when the value of the CQI indicates poor channel quality, it indicates The channel quality corresponding to a certain activated carrier is poor, or the channel coverage corresponding to a certain activated carrier is not good.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to indicate the scheduled carrier to the terminal device.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier.
  • the network device When the network device switches the scheduling carrier according to at least one index of SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI, it can switch the scheduling carrier from a carrier with poor channel quality or poor channel coverage to a carrier with better channel quality or The channel coverage is better on the carrier, so as to improve the user experience of data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the instruction information sent by the network device is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the number of the second scheduled carrier is one or more.
  • the indication information indicates at least one activated carrier in the activated carrier set of the terminal device, and/or, at least one activated carrier group.
  • the activated carrier group includes one or more activated carriers.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled activated carrier.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one activated carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and according to the field, the scheduled active carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. In DCI, this field is 001010, indicating that the scheduled active carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the scheduled carrier (that is, the first scheduled carrier) has been determined through the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which the scheduled carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. As an example on the left of FIG. 6 , the indication field of the previous indication information is "001010", and the corresponding first scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device When it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one active carrier in the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device may determine at least one active carrier in the active carrier set of the terminal device according to the indication information. After determining the at least one activated carrier, the terminal device may switch the first scheduled carrier to the at least one activated carrier indicated by the current indication information, and the at least one activated carrier is the second scheduled carrier.
  • the field in the indication information is "001100", indicating that the second scheduled carriers are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from the original CC1 and CC3 (CC1 and CC3 are the first scheduled carriers) to CC2 and CC3 (CC2 and CC3 are the second scheduled carriers) according to the indication information. )superior.
  • the indication information may further indicate at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device, and each activated carrier group includes one or more activated carriers.
  • the terminal device may switch the first scheduled carrier to an activated carrier in the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information, and the activated carrier in the activated carrier group is the second scheduled carrier.
  • the network device and the terminal device may agree in advance on the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each activated carrier, it can determine the corresponding activated carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one active carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the field in the indication information is "0110".
  • the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information is CC1 and CC3.
  • the activated carrier group includes two activated carriers, CC1 and CC3.
  • the device determines two activated carriers, CC1 and CC3 included in the activated carrier group, as the second scheduled carrier.
  • the activated carrier groups indicated by the indication information are CC1 and CC4, and the activated carrier groups include CC1
  • the terminal device only needs to determine the two activated carriers CC1 and CC4 included in the activated carrier group as the second scheduled carrier.
  • the active carriers included in the active carrier group indicated by the indication information can be known according to Table 1, and then the terminal device determines the corresponding second scheduled carrier.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the current scheduled carrier has been determined by using at least one activated carrier group indicated by the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one activated carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the network device and the terminal device may agree in advance on the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each activated carrier, it can determine the corresponding activated carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the indication field of the indication information before switching is "0110"
  • the activated carriers included in the corresponding activated carrier group are CC1 and CC3.
  • the first scheduled carrier of the terminal device is CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one scheduled activated carrier group according to the indication information. After determining at least one scheduled active carrier group, the terminal device may switch the currently scheduled active carrier (that is, the first scheduled carrier, such as CC1 and CC3 in FIG. 7 ) to the at least one active carrier group indicated by the current indication information. on the activated carrier (that is, the second scheduled carrier, such as CC2 and CC3 in FIG. 7 ).
  • the field in the indication information is "1001". From Table 1, it can be known that the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier from the first scheduling carrier, ie, the original CC1 and CC3, to the second scheduling carrier, ie, CC2 and CC3, according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device may acquire scheduling information from the network device.
  • the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and the network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling information may include at least one indication of data transmission, for example, instructing the terminal device and the network device on which time domain to perform data transmission, on which frequency domain to perform data transmission, and so on.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device first acquires the indication information, switches the scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier according to the indication information, and then acquires the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device obtains the indication information and the scheduling information at the same time.
  • the network device configures three carriers for the terminal device, which are CC0, CC1 and CC2, and indicates that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC2 through the indication information, and the CC1 cross-carrier scheduling indication carries the scheduling information of CC2.
  • the terminal device can obtain indication information and scheduling information at the same time.
  • the terminal device may obtain the scheduling information by monitoring the PDCCH on the second scheduled carrier. That is, when the terminal device is not configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH on the scheduling carrier, and obtain the scheduling information according to the PDCCH.
  • carrier indicator Carrier Indicator
  • the terminal device may obtain the scheduling information through the carrier indication information. That is, when the terminal device is configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device acquires carrier indication information, and acquires the scheduling information according to the carrier indication information.
  • the carrier indication information may be carried on the DCI, that is, the terminal device acquires the DCI, and acquires the carrier indication information according to the DCI.
  • the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device according to the instruction of the scheduling information, for example, the terminal device sends data to the network device, or the terminal device receives data from the network device, and so on.
  • Fig. 10 is a signaling diagram 4 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 10, the method may include:
  • the network device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers.
  • the network device can configure one or more carriers for the terminal device. After configuring one or more carriers for the terminal device, the network device can also activate or deactivate the configured carriers.
  • the activated carrier among the configured carriers is the activated carrier of the terminal device.
  • the carrier to be deactivated among the carriers is the deactivated carrier of the terminal device.
  • a deactivated carrier does not support transceiving or transmission of data.
  • the indication information can also be called scheduling carrier indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine the scheduled carrier among the activated carriers, and the network device can send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to determine the scheduled carrier among the activated carriers .
  • the terminal device In response to the terminal device meeting the preset condition, the terminal device receives first information to acquire indication information.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device satisfies the preset condition, the terminal device receives first information, the first information includes indication information, and acquires the indication information according to the first information.
  • the preset condition includes at least one of the terminal device sending a request to switch the scheduling carrier, the terminal device being configured with cross-carrier scheduling, and the terminal device not being configured with cross-carrier scheduling.
  • the first information is downlink control information.
  • the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, and the downlink control information includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the downlink control information, the terminal device acquires the indication information according to the downlink control information.
  • the first information is MAC CE.
  • the network device sends a MAC CE to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes indication information. After receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device obtains the indication information according to the MAC CE.
  • the first information is an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, acquires the indication information according to the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device determines a scheduled carrier among activated carriers of the terminal device according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device determines the scheduling carrier among the activated carriers according to the indication information.
  • the scheduled carrier is the carrier for subsequent data transmission.
  • Network devices and terminal devices can perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • For the unscheduled carriers among the active carriers network devices and terminal devices do not need to perform data transmission on unscheduled carriers. Data transmission, so end devices do not need to listen to unscheduled carriers.
  • the number of scheduled carriers is less than or equal to the number of activated carriers.
  • the activated carriers include CC0, CC1 and CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may be CC0, CC1, or CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may include CC0 and CC1, CC1 and CC2, and CC0 and CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may also be May include CC0, CC1 and CC2. That is, scheduled carriers are a subset of activated carriers.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present application can realize switching of the scheduled carrier through indication information.
  • the carriers configured by the network device for the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the network device may activate CC0, CC1 and CC2, and then indicate CC0 and CC1 as scheduled carriers through indication information.
  • the terminal device After determining CC0 and CC1 as scheduling carriers, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device through CC0 and CC1, that is, CC0 and CC1 can serve the terminal device.
  • the network device may indicate CC1 and CC2 as scheduling carriers through indication information, so as to realize switching of scheduling carriers. In this process, the activation and deactivation process of the carrier does not need to be performed, and the signaling process can be reduced. And/or, since there is no carrier activation and deactivation process, there will be no problem that the current carrier cannot serve the current terminal device, which can improve user data transmission experience.
  • the network device indicates the scheduling carrier to the terminal device through the indication information. It may be that the network device determines that it needs to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, or it may be that the terminal device requests the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to the load.
  • the load may include the number of users on the carrier, the amount of data, and so on.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with fewer users through the indication information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with a smaller amount of data through indication information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device can pre-set a threshold of the number of users, judge whether the number of users is too many according to whether the number of users exceeds the threshold of the number of users, and switch the scheduling carrier when the number of users is too many.
  • the network device may preset a data volume threshold, judge whether the data volume is too large according to whether the data volume exceeds the data volume threshold, and perform scheduling carrier switching when the data volume is too large.
  • the terminal device may also actively request the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device sends request information to the network device, and the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device After receiving the request information, the network device sends the instruction information to the network device according to the request information, and the terminal device can determine the scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier according to the capability of the terminal device itself. For example, the terminal device may decide whether to send a request message to the network device to request switching of the terminal device's scheduling carrier according to changes in the number of antennas supported by the terminal device, service changes of the terminal device, and coverage changes of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device For example, a relatively idle non-scheduled carrier in the activated carriers may be adjusted to a scheduled carrier to meet the service transmission requirements of the terminal device, and for another example, more antennas may be used to increase the number of carriers.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduled carrier of the terminal device, for example, some scheduled carriers may be adjusted to non-scheduled carriers, so that The terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH on multiple scheduling carriers to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. For example, some antenna ports can be closed to reduce the number of antennas, thereby saving the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device By actively requesting the network device to switch the scheduled carrier by the terminal device, the flexibility of the scheduled carrier switch can be improved.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to channel quality or coverage.
  • channel quality or coverage can be characterized by SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, CQI.
  • the BLER increases to the first threshold, or when the BER increases to the second threshold, or when the RSRP decreases to the third threshold, or when the value of the CQI indicates poor channel quality, it indicates The channel quality corresponding to a certain activated carrier is poor, or the channel coverage corresponding to a certain activated carrier is not good.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to indicate the scheduled carrier to the terminal device. And/or, when at least one indicator among SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI indicates that the channel quality corresponding to a scheduled carrier is poor or the channel coverage is not good, the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier .
  • the network device When the network device switches the scheduling carrier according to at least one index of SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI, it can switch the scheduling carrier from a carrier with poor channel quality or poor channel coverage to a carrier with better channel quality or The channel coverage is better on the carrier, so as to improve the user experience of data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the instruction information sent by the network device is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers, and optionally, the number of scheduled carriers is one or more.
  • the indication information indicates at least one carrier, and/or, at least one carrier group.
  • the carrier group includes one or more carriers.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the network device After determining the activated carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled carrier.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which the scheduled carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. In DCI, this field is 001010, indicating that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the scheduled carrier has been determined through the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which the scheduled carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. As an example on the left of FIG. 6 , the indication field of the previous indication information is "001010", and the corresponding scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device When it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled carrier.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information. After determining at least one scheduled carrier, the terminal device may switch the scheduled carrier to at least one carrier indicated by the current indication information.
  • the field in the indication information is "001100", indicating that the scheduled carriers are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from CC1 and CC3 to CC2 and CC3 according to the indication information.
  • the indication information may also indicate at least one carrier group, and each carrier group includes one or more carriers.
  • the terminal device may determine a carrier in the carrier group indicated by the indication information as the scheduled carrier.
  • the network device and the terminal device may pre-determine the carriers included in the carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each carrier, it can determine the corresponding carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the field in the indication information is "0110".
  • the carrier group indicated by the indication information is CC1 and CC3.
  • the carrier group includes two carriers, CC1 and CC3.
  • the two carriers CC1 and CC3 included in the carrier group are determined as scheduling carriers.
  • the terminal device only needs to determine the two carriers, CC1 and CC4 included in the carrier group, as scheduling carriers. And/or, if the field in the indication information is other fields, the carriers included in the carrier group indicated by the indication information can be known according to Table 1, and then the terminal device determines the corresponding scheduled carrier.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the scheduled carrier has been determined by using at least one carrier group indicated by the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the network device and the terminal device may pre-determine the carriers included in the carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each carrier, it can determine the corresponding carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the indication field of the indication information before handover is "0110”
  • the carriers included in the corresponding carrier group are CC1 and CC3
  • the scheduling carriers of the terminal device at this time are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled carrier group.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one carrier group to be scheduled according to the indication information. After determining the at least one scheduled carrier group, the terminal device may switch the scheduled carrier to the carrier included in the at least one carrier group indicated by the current indication information. For example, the field in the indication information is "1001". From Table 1, it can be known that the carriers included in the carrier group indicated by the indication information are CC2 and CC3. After receiving the indication information, the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from CC1 and CC3 to CC2 and CC3 according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device can obtain the scheduling information from the network device.
  • the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and the network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling information may include at least one indication of data transmission, for example, instructing the terminal device and the network device on which time domain to perform data transmission, on which frequency domain to perform data transmission, and so on.
  • the terminal device first acquires the indication information, determines the scheduled carrier according to the indication information, and then acquires the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device obtains the indication information and the scheduling information at the same time.
  • the network device configures three carriers for the terminal device, which are CC0, CC1 and CC2, and indicates that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC2 through the instruction information, and the CC1 cross-carrier scheduling instruction carries the scheduling information of CC2.
  • the terminal device can obtain indication information and scheduling information at the same time.
  • the terminal device can obtain the scheduling information by monitoring the PDCCH on the scheduled carrier. That is, when the terminal device is not configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH on the scheduling carrier, and obtain the scheduling information according to the PDCCH.
  • carrier indicator Carrier Indicator
  • the terminal device may obtain the scheduling information through the carrier indication information. That is, when the terminal device is configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device acquires carrier indication information, and acquires the scheduling information according to the carrier indication information.
  • the carrier indication information may be carried on the DCI, that is, the terminal device acquires the DCI, and acquires the carrier indication information according to the DCI.
  • the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device according to the instruction of the scheduling information, for example, the terminal device sends data to the network device, or the terminal device receives data from the network device, and so on.
  • Fig. 11 is a signaling diagram 5 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 11, the method may include:
  • the network device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the network device can configure one or more carriers for the terminal device. After configuring one or more carriers for the terminal device, the network device can also activate or deactivate the configured carriers.
  • the activated carrier among the configured carriers is the activated carrier of the terminal device.
  • the carrier to be deactivated among the carriers is the deactivated carrier of the terminal device.
  • a deactivated carrier does not support transceiving or transmission of data.
  • the indication information may also be referred to as scheduling carrier indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the first scheduled carrier is the current scheduled carrier of the terminal device
  • the second scheduled carrier is the scheduled carrier of the terminal device after handover.
  • the network device may send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the terminal device acquires first information, and acquires indication information according to the first information.
  • the first information is downlink control information.
  • the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, and the downlink control information includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the downlink control information, the terminal device acquires the indication information according to the downlink control information.
  • the first information is MAC CE.
  • the network device sends a MAC CE to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes indication information. After receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device obtains the indication information according to the MAC CE.
  • the first information is an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, acquires the indication information according to the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device Since the instruction information instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, the terminal device switches the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the second scheduled carrier is the carrier for subsequent data transmission.
  • Network devices and terminal devices can perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier. For the unscheduled carriers among the active carriers, since the network device and terminal devices do not need Data transmission on the carrier, so the terminal device does not need to listen to the unscheduled carrier.
  • the number of scheduled carriers is less than or equal to the number of activated carriers, that is, the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the set of activated carriers of the terminal device, and/or, the second scheduled carrier is an activated carrier of the terminal device A subset of a collection.
  • the activated carrier set is a set composed of all currently activated carriers of the terminal device. For example, if the current activated carriers of the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the activated carriers included in the activated carrier set are CC0, CC1 and CC2.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set, then the first scheduled carrier may be CC0, CC1, CC2, CC0 and CC1, CC1 and CC2, CC0 and CC2, CC0 , CC1 and CC2; similarly, the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set, then the second scheduled carrier may be CC0, may be CC1, may be CC2, may include CC0 and CC1, may include CC1 and CC2, may Includes CC0 and CC2, and may include CC0, CC1, and CC2.
  • the first scheduled carrier and the second scheduled carrier include at least one different activated carrier. That is, the first scheduled carrier includes at least one activated carrier and the second scheduled carrier does not include the activated carrier, and/or the second scheduled carrier includes at least one activated carrier and the first scheduled carrier does not include the activated carrier.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present application can realize switching of the scheduled carrier through indication information.
  • the carriers configured by the network device for the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the network device may activate CC0, CC1 and CC2, and then indicate CC0 and CC1 as the second scheduled carriers through indication information.
  • the terminal device After determining CC0 and CC1 as the second scheduled carriers, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device through CC0 and CC1, that is, CC0 and CC1 can serve the terminal device. If CC0 cannot serve the current terminal device due to some reasons at this time, the network device can schedule carrier switching through the indication information.
  • the current scheduled carriers of the terminal device are CC0 and CC1.
  • CC0 and CC1 are the first scheduled carriers
  • the indication information instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling carriers may be, for example, CC1 and CC2.
  • the activation and deactivation process of the carrier does not need to be performed, and the signaling process can be reduced. And/or, since there is no carrier activation and deactivation process, there will be no problem that the current carrier cannot serve the current terminal device, which can improve user data transmission experience.
  • the terminal device performs data transmission with the network device on the second scheduled carrier according to the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device may acquire scheduling information from the network device.
  • the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and the network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling information may include at least one indication of data transmission, for example, instructing the terminal device and the network device on which time domain to perform data transmission, on which frequency domain to perform data transmission, and so on.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device first acquires the indication information, switches the scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier according to the indication information, and then acquires the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device obtains the indication information and the scheduling information at the same time.
  • the network device configures three carriers for the terminal device, which are CC0, CC1 and CC2, and indicates that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC2 through the instruction information, and the CC1 cross-carrier scheduling instruction carries the scheduling information of CC2.
  • the terminal device can obtain indication information and scheduling information at the same time.
  • the terminal device may obtain the scheduling information by monitoring the PDCCH on the second scheduled carrier. That is, when the terminal device is not configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH on the scheduling carrier, and obtain the scheduling information according to the PDCCH.
  • carrier indicator Carrier Indicator
  • the terminal device may obtain the scheduling information through the carrier indication information. That is, when the terminal device is configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device acquires carrier indication information, and acquires the scheduling information according to the carrier indication information.
  • the carrier indication information may be carried on the DCI, that is, the terminal device acquires the DCI, and acquires the carrier indication information according to the DCI.
  • the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device according to the instruction of the scheduling information, for example, the terminal device sends data to the network device, or the terminal device receives data from the network device, and so on.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier through the instruction information. It may be that the network device determines that it needs to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, or the terminal device requests the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the network device determines to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device according to the load on the current scheduling carrier of the terminal device; and/or, the network device determines to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device according to the channel quality of the current scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to the load.
  • the load may include the number of users on the carrier, the amount of data, and so on.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with fewer users through the indication information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with a smaller amount of data through indication information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device can pre-set a threshold of the number of users, judge whether the number of users is too many according to whether the number of users exceeds the threshold of the number of users, and switch the scheduling carrier when the number of users is too many.
  • the network device may preset a data volume threshold, judge whether the data volume is too large according to whether the data volume exceeds the data volume threshold, and perform scheduling carrier switching when the data volume is too large.
  • the terminal device may also actively request the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device sends request information to the network device, and the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device After receiving the request information, the network device sends the instruction information to the network device according to the request information, and the terminal device can determine the scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the terminal device in response to the terminal device meeting the preset condition, sends request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meets the preset condition, which means that the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data, and/or the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier according to the capability of the terminal device itself. For example, the terminal device may decide whether to send a request message to the network device to request switching of the terminal device's scheduling carrier according to changes in the number of antennas supported by the terminal device, service changes of the terminal device, and coverage changes of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the terminal device
  • the idler non-scheduled carrier in the active carrier can be adjusted to the scheduled carrier to meet the service transmission requirements of the terminal equipment, for example, more antennas can also be used to increase the number of carriers;
  • the terminal device can send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device, for example, some scheduling carriers can be adjusted to non-scheduling carriers, so that the terminal device does not need to monitor on multiple scheduling carriers
  • the PDCCH reduces the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the coverage corresponding to the carrier refers to the range of the cell corresponding to the carrier.
  • the signal quality of the terminal equipment located in the center of the cell is better, and the signal quality of the terminal device located at the edge of the cell is poor.
  • the coverage of the cell corresponding to different carriers may be different.
  • some carriers correspond to a cell with a coverage range of 500 meters, and some carriers correspond to a cell with a coverage range of 800 meters.
  • the terminal device may determine to switch the scheduled carrier. For example, when the terminal device is at the edge of the coverage of a certain carrier, it may request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier and switch to another carrier with better coverage.
  • the quality of coverage corresponding to the carrier where the terminal device is located may be characterized by one or more items of RSRP, RSRQ, and CQI.
  • the network device may determine whether to switch the scheduled carrier according to the load on the first scheduled carrier and/or the channel quality on the first scheduled carrier.
  • the load on the first scheduled carrier is the amount of data transmitted by the terminal device and the network device on the first scheduled carrier.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, for example, increase the number of scheduled carriers to serve the traffic between the terminal device and the network device.
  • Data transmission when the load on the first scheduled carrier is less than or equal to a certain threshold within a certain period of time, the network device can determine that it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, for example, reduce the number of scheduled carriers to save power consumption of the terminal device .
  • channel quality or coverage can be characterized by SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, CQI.
  • the BLER increases to the first threshold, or when the BER increases to the second threshold, or when the RSRP decreases to the third threshold, or when the value of the CQI indicates poor channel quality, it indicates The channel quality corresponding to a certain activated carrier is poor, or the channel coverage corresponding to a certain activated carrier is not good.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to indicate the scheduled carrier to the terminal device.
  • the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier.
  • the network device When the network device switches the scheduling carrier according to at least one index of SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI, it can switch the scheduling carrier from a carrier with poor channel quality or poor channel coverage to a carrier with better channel quality or The channel coverage is better on the carrier, so as to improve the user experience of data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the instruction information sent by the network device is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the number of the second scheduled carrier is one or more.
  • the indication information indicates at least one activated carrier in the activated carrier set of the terminal device, and/or, at least one activated carrier group.
  • the activated carrier group includes one or more activated carriers.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled activated carrier.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one activated carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and according to the field, the scheduled active carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. In DCI, this field is 001010, indicating that the scheduled active carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the scheduled carrier (that is, the first scheduled carrier) has been determined through the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which the scheduled carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. As an example on the left of FIG. 6 , the indication field of the previous indication information is "001010", and the corresponding first scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device When it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one active carrier in the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device may determine at least one active carrier in the active carrier set of the terminal device according to the indication information. After determining the at least one activated carrier, the terminal device may switch the first scheduled carrier to the at least one activated carrier indicated by the current indication information, and the at least one activated carrier is the second scheduled carrier.
  • the field in the indication information is "001100", indicating that the second scheduled carriers are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from the original CC1 and CC3 (CC1 and CC3 are the first scheduled carriers) to CC2 and CC3 (CC2 and CC3 are the second scheduled carriers) according to the indication information. )superior.
  • the indication information may further indicate at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device, and each activated carrier group includes one or more activated carriers.
  • the terminal device may switch the first scheduled carrier to an activated carrier in the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information, and the activated carrier in the activated carrier group is the second scheduled carrier.
  • the network device and the terminal device may agree in advance on the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each activated carrier, it can determine the corresponding activated carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which at least one active carrier group can be determined.
  • the field in the indication information is "0110".
  • the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information is CC1 and CC3.
  • the activated carrier group includes two activated carriers, CC1 and CC3.
  • the device determines two activated carriers, CC1 and CC3 included in the activated carrier group, as the second scheduled carrier.
  • the activated carrier groups indicated by the indication information are CC1 and CC4, and the activated carrier groups include CC1
  • the terminal device only needs to determine the two activated carriers CC1 and CC4 included in the activated carrier group as the second scheduled carrier.
  • the active carriers included in the active carrier group indicated by the indication information can be known according to Table 1, and then the terminal device determines the corresponding second scheduled carrier.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the current scheduled carrier has been determined by using at least one activated carrier group indicated by the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one activated carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the network device and the terminal device may agree in advance on the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each activated carrier, it can determine the corresponding activated carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the indication field of the indication information before switching is "0110"
  • the activated carriers included in the corresponding activated carrier group are CC1 and CC3.
  • the first scheduled carrier of the terminal device is CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one scheduled activated carrier group according to the indication information. After determining at least one scheduled active carrier group, the terminal device may switch the currently scheduled active carrier (that is, the first scheduled carrier, such as CC1 and CC3 in FIG. 7 ) to the at least one active carrier group indicated by the current indication information. on the activated carrier (that is, the second scheduled carrier, such as CC2 and CC3 in FIG. 7 ).
  • the field in the indication information is "1001". From Table 1, it can be known that the activated carriers included in the activated carrier group indicated by the indication information are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier from the first scheduling carrier, ie, the original CC1 and CC3, to the second scheduling carrier, ie, CC2 and CC3, according to the indication information.
  • Fig. 12 is a signaling diagram 6 of the processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 12, the method may include:
  • the network device sends indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers.
  • the network device can configure one or more carriers for the terminal device. After configuring one or more carriers for the terminal device, the network device can also activate or deactivate the configured carriers.
  • the activated carrier among the configured carriers is the activated carrier of the terminal device.
  • the carrier to be deactivated among the carriers is the deactivated carrier of the terminal device.
  • a deactivated carrier does not support transceiving or transmission of data.
  • the indication information can also be called scheduling carrier indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to determine the scheduled carrier among the activated carriers, and the network device can send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to determine the scheduled carrier among the activated carriers .
  • the terminal device acquires first information, and acquires indication information according to the first information.
  • the first information is downlink control information.
  • the network device sends downlink control information to the terminal device, and the downlink control information includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the downlink control information, the terminal device acquires the indication information according to the downlink control information.
  • the first information is MAC CE.
  • the network device sends a MAC CE to the terminal device, and the MAC CE includes indication information. After receiving the MAC CE, the terminal device obtains the indication information according to the MAC CE.
  • the first information is an RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the network device sends an RRC reconfiguration message to the terminal device, and the RRC reconfiguration message includes indication information.
  • the terminal device After receiving the RRC reconfiguration message, acquires the indication information according to the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device determines a scheduled carrier among activated carriers of the terminal device according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device determines the scheduling carrier among the active carriers according to the indication information.
  • the scheduled carrier is the carrier for subsequent data transmission.
  • Network devices and terminal devices can perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • For the unscheduled carriers among the active carriers network devices and terminal devices do not need to perform data transmission on unscheduled carriers. Data transmission, so end devices do not need to listen to unscheduled carriers.
  • the number of scheduled carriers is less than or equal to the number of activated carriers.
  • the activated carriers include CC0, CC1 and CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may be CC0, CC1, or CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may include CC0 and CC1, CC1 and CC2, and CC0 and CC2
  • the scheduled carrier may also be May include CC0, CC1 and CC2. That is, scheduled carriers are a subset of activated carriers.
  • the solution of the embodiment of the present application can realize switching of the scheduled carrier through indication information.
  • the carriers configured by the network device for the terminal device include CC0, CC1 and CC2, the network device may activate CC0, CC1 and CC2, and then indicate CC0 and CC1 as scheduled carriers through indication information.
  • the terminal device After determining CC0 and CC1 as scheduling carriers, the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device through CC0 and CC1, that is, CC0 and CC1 can serve the terminal device.
  • the network device may indicate CC1 and CC2 as scheduling carriers through indication information, so as to realize switching of scheduling carriers. In this process, the activation and deactivation process of the carrier does not need to be performed, and the signaling process can be reduced. And/or, since there is no carrier activation and deactivation process, there will be no problem that the current carrier cannot serve the current terminal device, which can improve user data transmission experience.
  • the terminal device performs data transmission with the network device on the scheduled carrier according to the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device can obtain the scheduling information from the network device.
  • the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and the network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the scheduling information may include at least one indication of data transmission, for example, instructing the terminal device and the network device on which time domain to perform data transmission, on which frequency domain to perform data transmission, and so on.
  • the terminal device first acquires the indication information, determines the scheduled carrier according to the indication information, and then acquires the scheduling information.
  • the terminal device obtains the indication information and the scheduling information at the same time.
  • the network device configures three carriers for the terminal device, which are CC0, CC1 and CC2, and indicates that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC2 through the instruction information, and the CC1 cross-carrier scheduling instruction carries the scheduling information of CC2.
  • the terminal device can obtain indication information and scheduling information at the same time.
  • the terminal device can obtain the scheduling information by monitoring the PDCCH on the scheduled carrier. That is, when the terminal device is not configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device can monitor the PDCCH on the scheduling carrier, and obtain the scheduling information according to the PDCCH.
  • carrier indicator Carrier Indicator
  • the terminal device may obtain the scheduling information through the carrier indication information. That is, when the terminal device is configured with cross-carrier scheduling, the terminal device acquires carrier indication information, and acquires the scheduling information according to the carrier indication information.
  • the carrier indication information may be carried on the DCI, that is, the terminal device acquires the DCI, and acquires the carrier indication information according to the DCI.
  • the terminal device can perform data transmission with the network device according to the instruction of the scheduling information, for example, the terminal device sends data to the network device, or the terminal device receives data from the network device, and so on.
  • the network device indicates the scheduling carrier to the terminal device through the indication information. It may be that the network device determines that it needs to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduling carrier, or it may be that the terminal device requests the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the network device determines to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device according to the load on the current scheduling carrier of the terminal device; and/or, the network device determines to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device according to the channel quality of the current scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to the load.
  • the load may include the number of users on the carrier, the amount of data, and so on.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with fewer users through the indication information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device may instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier to another carrier with a smaller amount of data through indication information, so as to reduce the load of the carrier.
  • the network device can pre-set a threshold of the number of users, judge whether the number of users is too many according to whether the number of users exceeds the threshold of the number of users, and switch the scheduling carrier when the number of users is too many.
  • the network device may preset a data volume threshold, judge whether the data volume is too large according to whether the data volume exceeds the data volume threshold, and perform scheduling carrier switching when the data volume is too large.
  • the terminal device may also actively request the network device to switch the scheduling carrier.
  • the terminal device sends request information to the network device, and the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device After receiving the request information, the network device sends the instruction information to the network device according to the request information, and the terminal device can determine the scheduling carrier according to the instruction information.
  • the terminal device may determine whether to request the network device to switch the scheduled carrier according to the capability of the terminal device itself. For example, the terminal device may decide whether to send a request message to the network device to request switching of the terminal device's scheduling carrier according to changes in the number of antennas supported by the terminal device, service changes of the terminal device, and coverage changes of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device For example, a relatively idle non-scheduled carrier in the activated carriers may be adjusted to a scheduled carrier to meet the service transmission requirements of the terminal device, and for another example, more antennas may be used to increase the number of carriers.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduled carrier of the terminal device, for example, some scheduled carriers may be adjusted to non-scheduled carriers, so that The terminal device does not need to monitor the PDCCH on multiple scheduling carriers to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device. For example, some antenna ports can be closed to reduce the number of antennas, thereby saving the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may send request information to the network device, requesting to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the network device may determine whether to instruct the scheduling carrier or switch the scheduling carrier according to channel quality or coverage.
  • channel quality or coverage can be characterized by SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, CQI.
  • the BLER increases to the first threshold, or when the BER increases to the second threshold, or when the RSRP decreases to the third threshold, or when the value of the CQI indicates poor channel quality, it indicates The channel quality corresponding to a certain activated carrier is poor, or the channel coverage corresponding to a certain activated carrier is not good.
  • the network device may determine that it is necessary to indicate the scheduled carrier to the terminal device. And/or, when at least one indicator among SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI indicates that the channel quality corresponding to a scheduled carrier is poor or the channel coverage is not good, the network device instructs the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier .
  • the network device When the network device switches the scheduling carrier according to at least one index of SRS measurement, BLER, BER, RSRP, and CQI, it can switch the scheduling carrier from a carrier with poor channel quality or poor channel coverage to a carrier with better channel quality or The channel coverage is better on the carrier, so as to improve the user experience of data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the instruction information sent by the network device is used to instruct the terminal device to determine a scheduled carrier among activated carriers, and optionally, the number of scheduled carriers is one or more.
  • the indication information indicates at least one carrier, and/or, at least one carrier group.
  • the carrier group includes one or more carriers.
  • the network device configures six carriers for the terminal device, namely CC0, CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 and CC5.
  • the network equipment has activated some carriers, and the activated carriers are CC1, CC2, CC3 and CC4.
  • the network device After determining the activated carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled carrier.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which the scheduled carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. In DCI, this field is 001010, indicating that the scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the scheduled carrier has been determined through the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, according to which the scheduled carrier can be determined. Each bit of the field represents a carrier, and the value of each bit can be 0 or 1. Optionally, 0 means no scheduling, and 1 means scheduling. As an example on the left of FIG. 6 , the indication field of the previous indication information is "001010", and the corresponding scheduled carriers are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device When it is necessary to switch the scheduled carrier, the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled carrier.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one carrier to be scheduled according to the indication information. After determining at least one scheduled carrier, the terminal device may switch the scheduled carrier to at least one carrier indicated by the current indication information.
  • the field in the indication information is "001100", indicating that the scheduled carriers are CC2 and CC3.
  • the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from CC1 and CC3 to CC2 and CC3 according to the indication information.
  • the indication information may also indicate at least one carrier group, and each carrier group includes one or more carriers.
  • the terminal device may determine a carrier in the carrier group indicated by the indication information as the scheduled carrier.
  • the network device and the terminal device may pre-determine the carriers included in the carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each carrier, it can determine the corresponding carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the field in the indication information is "0110".
  • the carrier group indicated by the indication information is CC1 and CC3.
  • the carrier group includes two carriers, CC1 and CC3.
  • the two carriers CC1 and CC3 included in the carrier group are determined as scheduling carriers.
  • the terminal device only needs to determine the two carriers, CC1 and CC4 included in the carrier group, as scheduling carriers. And/or, if the field in the indication information is other fields, the carriers included in the carrier group indicated by the indication information can be known according to Table 1, and then the terminal device determines the corresponding scheduled carrier.
  • the network device Before switching the scheduled carrier, the network device indicates to the terminal device that the scheduled carrier has been determined by using at least one carrier group indicated by the previous indication information.
  • the indication information includes a field, and at least one carrier group can be determined according to the field.
  • the network device and the terminal device may pre-determine the carriers included in the carrier group.
  • the network device wants to indicate each carrier, it can determine the corresponding carrier group, and then indicate the terminal device through the indication information.
  • the indication field of the indication information before handover is "0110”
  • the carriers included in the corresponding carrier group are CC1 and CC3
  • the scheduling carriers of the terminal device at this time are CC1 and CC3.
  • the network device sends indication information to the terminal device, indicating at least one scheduled carrier group.
  • the indication information may be carried in the DCI, may also be carried in the MAC CE, and may also be carried in the RRC reconfiguration message.
  • the terminal device can determine at least one carrier group to be scheduled according to the indication information. After determining the at least one scheduled carrier group, the terminal device may switch the scheduled carrier to the carrier included in the at least one carrier group indicated by the current indication information. For example, the field in the indication information is "1001". From Table 1, it can be known that the carriers included in the carrier group indicated by the indication information are CC2 and CC3. After receiving the indication information, the terminal device switches the scheduled carriers from CC1 and CC3 to CC2 and CC3 according to the indication information.
  • the network device sends the instruction information, and after receiving the instruction information, the terminal device determines the scheduling carrier among the active carriers according to the instruction information, and the scheduling carrier can be used for subsequent data transmission between the network device and the terminal device .
  • the network device can instruct the terminal equipment to activate the scheduled carrier in the carrier through the instruction information, so as to realize the switching of the scheduled carrier without deactivating and activating the carrier. The consumption is reduced, and the experience of user data transmission can also be improved.
  • the network device sends the instruction information, and the terminal device switches the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the instruction information after receiving the instruction information, and the second scheduling carrier It can be used for subsequent network equipment and terminal equipment for data transmission.
  • the network device can instruct the terminal device to complete the switch from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier through the indication information without performing carrier switching. Deactivation and activation consume less signaling and can also improve user data transmission experience.
  • Fig. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 13, the processing device 130 includes:
  • An acquisition module 131 configured to acquire indication information
  • the processing module 132 is configured to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the indication information.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the obtaining module 131 is specifically configured to:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the obtaining module 131 is also used for:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the scheduled carrier.
  • the acquiring module 131 is specifically further configured to:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • a sending module is also included, and the sending module is used for, before obtaining the indication information:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solution shown in the above method embodiment, and its implementation principle and beneficial effect are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 14 is a schematic structural diagram II of the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 14, the processing device 140 includes:
  • a receiving module 141 configured to receive first information to obtain indication information in response to the terminal device meeting a preset condition
  • the processing module 142 is configured to switch the scheduled carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier according to the indication information.
  • the terminal device meets preset conditions, including at least one of the following:
  • a request to switch the scheduling carrier is sent
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is configured
  • Cross-carrier scheduling is not configured.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the receiving module 141 is also used for:
  • Acquire scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the receiving module 141 is specifically further configured to:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • a sending module is also included, and the sending module is configured to, before receiving the first information to acquire the indication information:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solution shown in the above method embodiment, and its implementation principle and beneficial effect are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 15 is a schematic diagram of the third structure of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 15, the processing device 150 includes:
  • a transceiver module 151 configured to obtain first information, and obtain indication information according to the first information
  • the processing module 152 is configured to switch the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the indication information;
  • the transmission module 153 is configured to perform data transmission with the network device on the second scheduled carrier according to the scheduling information.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the indication information is used to indicate at least one activated carrier and/or at least one activated carrier group in the activated carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the scheduling information is obtained in the following manner:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by the carrier indication information, obtain the scheduling information by monitoring a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the scheduling information is acquired through the carrier indication information.
  • the time when the terminal device acquires the indication information is no later than the time when the terminal device acquires the scheduling information.
  • the transceiver module 151 is further configured to, before obtaining the first information and obtaining the indication information according to the first information:
  • request information is sent, where the request information is used to request switching of the scheduling carrier of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device meeting preset conditions includes:
  • the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the amount of service data; and/or, the terminal device determines that the scheduling carrier needs to be switched according to the coverage of the first scheduling carrier.
  • the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solution shown in the above method embodiment, and its implementation principle and beneficial effect are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 16 is a schematic view 4 of the structure of the processing device provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 16, the processing device 160 includes:
  • the transceiver module 161 is configured to send indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to switch the scheduled carrier from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the first scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier is a subset of the active carrier set of the terminal device.
  • the second scheduled carrier includes:
  • the S3 step includes:
  • the transceiver module 161 is specifically configured to:
  • the first information includes at least one of the following:
  • the transceiver module 161 is also used for:
  • Send scheduling information where the scheduling information is used to instruct the terminal device and network device to perform data transmission on the second scheduled carrier.
  • the transceiver module 161 is specifically further configured to:
  • the second scheduled carrier is not indicated by carrier indication information, then send the scheduling information through a physical downlink control channel on the second scheduled carrier; and/or,
  • the time when the network device sends the indication information is no later than the time when the scheduling information is sent.
  • the transceiver module 161 is further configured to, before sending the indication information:
  • the transceiver module 161 is further configured to, before sending the indication information:
  • the processing device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the technical solution shown in the above method embodiment, and its implementation principle and beneficial effect are similar, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 170 in this embodiment may be the terminal device (or a component applicable to a terminal device) or a network device (or a component applicable to a network device) mentioned in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 170 may be used to implement the method corresponding to the terminal device or the network device described in the foregoing method embodiments, and for details, refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 170 may include one or more processors 171, and the processors 171 may also be referred to as processing units, and may implement certain control or processing functions.
  • the processor 171 may be a general purpose processor or a special purpose processor and the like. For example, it may be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processing unit can be used to control communication devices, execute software programs, and process data of software programs.
  • the processor 171 may also store instructions 173 or data (such as intermediate data).
  • the instruction 173 may be executed by the processor 171, so that the communication device 170 executes the method corresponding to the terminal device or the network device described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 170 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the function of sending or receiving or communicating in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device 170 may include one or more memories 172, on which instructions 174 may be stored, and the instructions may be executed on the processor 171, so that the communication device 170 executes the methods described in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 172 .
  • the processor 171 and the memory 172 can be set separately or integrated together.
  • the communication device 170 may further include a transceiver 175 and/or an antenna 176 .
  • the processor 171 may be called a processing unit, and controls the communication device 170 (terminal device or core network device or radio access network device).
  • the transceiver 175 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, or a transceiver, etc., and is used to realize the transceiver function of the communication device 170 .
  • the transceiver 175 may obtain indication information; The scheduled carrier is switched from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the transceiver 175 may receive the first information to obtain the indication information in response to the terminal device meeting the preset condition; And, the processor 171 switches the scheduled carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduled carrier to the second scheduled carrier according to the indication information.
  • the transceiver 175 may obtain the first information, and obtain indication information according to the first information; and, the processing The unit 171 switches the scheduling carrier of the terminal device from the first scheduling carrier to the second scheduling carrier according to the instruction information, and performs data transmission with the network device on the second scheduling carrier according to the scheduling information.
  • the transceiver 175 may send indication information, and the indication information is used to instruct the terminal equipment to schedule the carrier from the first The scheduled carrier is switched to the second scheduled carrier.
  • the processor 171 and transceiver 175 described in this application can be implemented in IC (Integrated Circuit, integrated circuit), analog integrated circuit, RFIC (Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit, radio frequency integrated circuit), mixed signal integrated circuit, ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), PCB (Printed Circuit Board, printed circuit board), electronic equipment, etc.
  • IC Integrated Circuit, integrated circuit
  • RFIC Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit, radio frequency integrated circuit
  • mixed signal integrated circuit ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC)
  • PCB Print Circuit Board, printed circuit board
  • electronic equipment etc.
  • the processor 171 and transceiver 175 can also be manufactured with various integrated circuit technology, such as CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, complementary metal oxide semiconductor), NMOS (N Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor, N-type metal oxide semiconductor ), PMOS (Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor, P-type metal oxide semiconductor), BJT (Bipolar Junction Transistor, bipolar junction transistor), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs) wait.
  • CMOS Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor, complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • NMOS N Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor, N-type metal oxide semiconductor
  • PMOS Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor, P-type metal oxide semiconductor
  • BJT Bipolar Junction Transistor, bipolar junction transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • GaAs gall
  • a communication device may be a terminal device or a network device (such as a base station), which needs to be determined according to the context.
  • the terminal device may be implemented in various forms.
  • the terminal equipment described in this application may include mobile phones, tablet computers, notebook computers, palmtop computers, personal digital assistants (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), portable media players (Portable Media Player, PMP), navigation devices, Mobile terminals such as wearable devices, smart bracelets, and pedometers, and fixed terminals such as digital TVs and desktop computers.
  • the communication device is described by taking the terminal device or network device as an example, the scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited to the above-mentioned terminal device or network device, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited Figure 17 Limitations.
  • a communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, including: the terminal device in any one of the above method embodiments; and the network device in any one of the above method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal device, and the terminal device includes: a memory and a processor; wherein, a computer program is stored in the memory, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the foregoing embodiments are implemented.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a network device, and the network device includes: a memory and a processor; wherein, a computer program is stored in the memory, and when the computer program is executed by the processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the foregoing embodiments are implemented.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the steps of the processing method in any of the foregoing embodiments are implemented.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, the computer program product includes computer program code, and when the computer program code is run on the computer, the computer is made to execute the methods in the above various possible implementation manners.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including a memory and a processor.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program
  • the processor is used to call and run the computer program from the memory, so that the device installed with the chip executes the above various possible implementation modes. Methods.
  • Units in the device in the embodiment of the present application may be combined, divided and deleted according to actual needs.
  • the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general-purpose hardware platform, and of course also by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product in essence or in other words, the part that contributes to the prior art, and the computer software product is stored in one of the above storage media (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic CD, CD), including several instructions to make a terminal device (which may be a mobile phone, computer, server, controlled terminal, or network device, etc.) execute the method of each embodiment of the present application.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable apparatus.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, computer instructions may be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wire (such as Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server, a data center, etc. integrated with one or more available media.
  • Usable media may be magnetic media, (eg, floppy disk, memory disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)), among others.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供一种处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质，该方法应用于终端设备，包括：获取指示信息；根据指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。在部分调度的载波无法为终端设备服务而需要进行载波切换时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备进行调度载波的切换，而无需进行载波的去激活和激活，信令消耗较小，也能够提高用户数据传输的体验。

Description

处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质
本申请要求于2021年11月22日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111382801.5、申请名称为“处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及通信技术领域，具体涉及一种处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质。
背景技术
一些实现中，网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个载波，配置的载波可以处于激活态或去激活态。
网络设备可以通过媒体接入层(Media Access Control，简称MAC)控制单元(Control Element，简称CE)对已配置载波进行激活或者去激活。对于激活的载波，终端设备可以接收调度信息，然后根据调度信息的指示，在激活的载波上进行数据传输。即，激活的载波均被调度。
在构思及实现本申请过程中，发明人发现至少存在如下问题：在当前激活的载波无法为终端设备服务而需要切换到其他载波时，网络设备需要对当前激活的载波进行去激活，再激活可以调度的载波，这样就会导致该过程的信令流程较繁琐复杂，并影响到用户数据传输的体验。
前面的叙述在于提供一般的背景信息，并不一定构成现有技术。
发明内容
本申请提供一种处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质，以解决上述技术问题。
第一方面，本申请提供一种处理方法，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
S1，获取指示信息；
S2，根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述S1步骤包括：
接收第一信息；
根据所述第一信息，获取所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述获取调度信息，包括：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，在所述S1步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
第二方面，本申请提供一种处理方法，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
S10，响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，接收第一信息以获取指示信息；
S20，根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件，包括以下至少一种：
发送了切换调度载波请求；
配置了跨载波调度；
未配置跨载波调度。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的集合载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述获取调度信息，包括：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，在所述S10步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
第三方面，本申请提供一种处理方法，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
S100，获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信息；
S200，根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波；
S300，根据调度信息，在所述第二调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述调度信息通过如下方式获取：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，在所述S100步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
第四方面，本申请提供一种处理方法，应用于网络设备，包括以下步骤：
S3，发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二载波。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述S3步骤包括：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息中包括所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
发送调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述发送调度信息，包括：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述第二调度载波上的物理下行控制信道发送所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息发送所述调度信息。
可选地，所述网络设备发送所述指示信息的时刻不晚于发送所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，在所述S3步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
接收请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，在所述S3步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
根据所述第一调度载波上的负载，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波；和/或，
根据所述第一调度载波上的信道质量，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第五方面，本申请提供一种处理方法，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
S1，获取指示信息；
S2，根据所述指示信息，在所述终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波。
可选地，所述S1步骤包括：
接收第一信息；
根据所述第一信息，获取所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示至少一个载波和/或至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个载波和/或所述至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述获取调度信息，包括：
若所述调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；
若所述调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，在所述S1步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第六方面，本申请提供一种处理方法，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
S10，响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，接收第一信息以获取指示信息；
S20，根据所述指示信息，在所述终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件，包括以下至少一种：
发送了切换调度载波请求；
配置了跨载波调度；
未配置跨载波调度。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示至少一个载波和/或至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个载波和/或所述至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述获取调度信息，包括：
若所述调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；
若所述调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，在所述S10步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第七方面，本申请提供一种处理方法，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
S100，获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信息；
S200，根据所述指示信息，在所述终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波；
S300，根据调度信息，在所述调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述调度信息通过如下方式获取：
若所述调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；
若所述调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示至少一个载波和/或至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述调度载波包括：所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个载波和/或所述至少一个载波组。
可选地，在所述S100步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第八方面，本申请提供一种处理方法，应用于网络设备，包括以下步骤：
S3，发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。
可选地，所述S3步骤包括：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息中包括所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示至少一个载波和/或至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个载波和/或所述至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述方法还包括：
发送调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述发送调度信息，包括：
若所述调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述调度载波上的物理下行控制信道发送所述调度信息；
若所述调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息发送所述调度信息。
可选地，在所述S3步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
接收请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，在所述S3步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
根据所述终端设备的当前调度载波上的负载，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波；和/或，
根据所述终端设备的当前调度载波上的信道质量，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第九方面，本申请提供一种处理装置，包括：
获取模块，用于获取指示信息；
处理模块，用于根据所述指示信息，将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述获取模块具体用于：
接收第一信息；
根据所述第一信息，获取所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述获取模块还用于：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述获取模块具体还用于：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，还包括发送模块，所述发送模块用于，在获取指示信息之前：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
第十方面，本申请提供一种处理装置，包括：
接收模块，用于响应于终端设备满足预设条件，接收第一信息以获取指示信息；
处理模块，用于根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件，包括以下至少一种：
发送了切换调度载波请求；
配置了跨载波调度；
未配置跨载波调度。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述接收模块还用于：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述接收模块具体还用于：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，还包括发送模块，所述发送模块用于，在接收第一信息以获取指示信息之前：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
第十一方面，本申请提供一种处理装置，包括：
收发模块，用于获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信息；
处理模块，用于根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波；
传输模块，用于根据调度信息，在所述第二调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述调度信息通过如下方式获取：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，所述收发模块还用于，在获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信息之前：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
第十二方面，本申请提供一种处理装置，包括：
收发模块，用于发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述S3步骤包括：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息中包括所述指示信息。
可选地，所述收发模块具体用于：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息中包括所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述收发模块还用于：
发送调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述收发模块具体还用于：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述第二调度载波上的物理下行控制信道发送所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息发送所述调度信息。
可选地，所述网络设备发送所述指示信息的时刻不晚于发送所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，所述收发模块还用于，在发送指示信息之前：
接收请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述收发模块还用于，在发送指示信息之前：
根据所述第一调度载波上的负载，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波；和/或，
根据所述第一调度载波上的信道质量，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第十三方面，本申请提供一种处理装置，包括：
获取模块，用于获取指示信息；
处理模块，用于根据所述指示信息，在终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波。
可选地，所述获取模块具体用于：
接收第一信息；
根据所述第一信息，获取所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示至少一个载波和/或至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个载波和/或所述至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述获取模块还用于：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述获取模块具体还用于：
若所述调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；
若所述调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，还包括发送模块，所述发送模块用于，在获取指示信息之前：
发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第十四方面，本申请提供一种处理装置，包括：
接收模块，用于响应于终端设备满足预设条件，接收第一信息以获取指示信息；
处理模块，用于根据所述指示信息，在所述终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件，包括以下至少一种：
发送了切换调度载波请求；
配置了跨载波调度；
未配置跨载波调度。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示至少一个载波和/或至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个载波和/或所述至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述接收模块还用于：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述接收模块具体还用于：
若所述调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；
若所述调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，还包括发送模块，所述发送模块用于，在接收第一信息以获取指示信息之前：
发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第十五方面，本申请提供一种处理装置，包括：
收发模块，用于获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信息；
处理模块，用于根据所述指示信息，在所述终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波；
传输模块，用于根据调度信息，在所述调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述调度信息通过如下方式获取：
若所述调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；
若所述调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示至少一个载波和/或至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述调度载波包括：所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个载波和/或所述至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述收发模块还用于，在获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信息之前：
发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第十六方面，本申请提供一种处理装置，包括：
收发模块，用于发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。
可选地，所述收发模块具体用于：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息中包括所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示至少一个载波和/或至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个载波和/或所述至少一个载波组。
可选地，所述收发模块还用于：
发送调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述收发模块具体还用于：
若所述调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述调度载波上的物理下行控制信道发送所述调度信息；
若所述调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息发送所述调度信息。
可选地，所述收发模块还用于，在发送指示信息之前：
接收请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述收发模块还用于，在发送指示信息之前：
根据所述终端设备的当前调度载波上的负载，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波；和/或，
根据所述终端设备的当前调度载波上的信道质量，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
第十七方面，本申请提供一种通信系统，包括：
用于执行如第一方面至第三方面、或第五方面至第七方面中任一所述方法的终端设备；
用于执行如第四方面或第八方面中任一所述方法的网络设备。
第十八方面，本申请提供一种通信设备，包括：存储器和处理器；
所述存储器用于存储程序指令；
所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序指令以执行如第一方面至第八方面中任一项所述的方法。
第十九方面，本申请提供一种计算机可读存储介质，所述存储介质上存储有计算机程序；所述计算机程序被执行时，实现如第一方面至第八方面中任一项所述的方法。
第二十方面，本申请提供一种计算机程序产品，所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序；所述计算机程序被执行时，实现如第一方面至第八方面中任一项所述的方法。
本申请提供的处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质，首先网络设备发送指示信息，终端设备在接收到指示信息后，根据指示信息将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，第二调度载波可以用于后续网络设备和终端设备进行数据传输。在第一调度载波中存在部分载波无法为终端设备服务而需要进行调度载波切换时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备完成从第一调度载波到第二调度载波的切换，而无需进行载波的去激活和激活，信令消耗较小，也能够提高用户数据传输的体验。
附图说明
此处的附图被并入说明书中并构成本说明书的一部分，示出了符合本申请的实施例，并与说明书一起用于解释本申请的原理。为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例的技术方案，下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，对于本领域普通技术人员而言，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的硬件结构示意图；
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络系统架构图；
图3为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图一；
图4为本申请实施例提供的指示调度载波的示意图一；
图5为本申请实施例提供的指示调度载波的示意图二；
图6为本申请实施例提供的切换调度载波的示意图一；
图7为本申请实施例提供的切换调度载波的示意图二；
图8为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图二；
图9为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图三；
图10为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图四；
图11为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图五；
图12为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图六；
图13为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图一；
图14为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图二；
图15为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图三；
图16为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图四；
图17为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。
本申请目的的实现、功能特点及优点将结合实施例，参照附图做进一步说明。通过上述附图，已示出本申请明确的实施例，后文中将有更详细的描述。这些附图和文字描述并不是为了通过任何方式限制本申请构思的范围，而是通过参考特定实施例为本领域技术人员说明本申请的概念。
具体实施方式
这里将详细地对示例性实施例进行说明，其示例表示在附图中。下面的描述涉及附图时，除非另有表示，不同附图中的相同数字表示相同或相似的要素。以下示例性实施例中所描述的实施方式并不代表与本申请相一致的所有实施方式。相反，它们仅是与如所附权利要求书中所详述的、本申请的一些方面相一致的装置和方法的例子。
需要说明的是，在本文中，术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含，从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素，而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素，或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下，由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素，并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素，此外，本申请不同实施例中具有同样命名的部件、特征、要素可能具有相同含义，也可能具有不同含义，其具体含义需以其在该具体实施例中的解释或者进一步结合该具体实施例中上下文进行确定。
应当理解，尽管在本文可能采用术语第一、第二、第三等来描述各种信息，但这些信息不应限于这些术语。这些术语仅用来将同一类型的信息彼此区分开。例如，在不脱离本文范围的情况下，第一信息也可以被称为第二信息，类似地，第二信息也可以被称为第一信息。取决于语境，如在此所使用的词语"如果"可以被解释成为"在……时"或"当……时"或"响应于确定"。再者，如同在本文中所使用的，单数形式“一”、“一个”和“该”旨在也包括复数形式，除非上下文中有相反的指示。应当进一步理解，术语“包含”、“包括”表明存在所述的特征、步骤、操作、元件、组件、项目、种类、和/或组，但不排除一个或多个其他特征、步骤、操作、元件、组件、项目、种类、和/或组的存在、出现或添加。本申请使用的术语“或”、“和/或”、“包括以下至少一个”等可被解释为包括性的，或意味着任一个或任何组合。例如，“包括以下至少一个：A、B、C”意味着“以下任一个：A；B；C；A和B；A和C；B和C；A和B和C”，再如，“A、B或C”或者“A、B和/或C”意味着“以下任一个：A；B；C；A和B；A和C；B和C；A和B和C”。仅当元件、功能、步骤或操作的组合在某些方式下内在地互相排斥时，才会出现该定义的例外。
应该理解的是，虽然本申请实施例中的流程图中的各个步骤按照箭头的指示依次显示，但是这些步骤并不是必然按照箭头指示的顺序依次执行。除非本文中有明确的说明，这些步骤的执行并没有严格的顺序限制，其可以以其他的顺序执行。而且，图中的至少一部分步骤可以包括多个子步骤或者多个阶段，这些子步骤或者阶段并不必然是在同一时刻执行完成，而是可以在不同的时刻执行，其执行顺序也不必然是依次进行，而是可以与其他步骤或者其他步骤的子步骤或者阶段的至少一部分轮流或者交替地执行。
取决于语境，如在此所使用的词语“如果”、“若”可以被解释成为“在……时”或“当……时”或“响应于确定”或“响应于检测”。类似地，取决于语境，短语“如果确定”或“如果检测(陈述 的条件或事件)”可以被解释成为“当确定时”或“响应于确定”或“当检测(陈述的条件或事件)时”或“响应于检测(陈述的条件或事件)”。
需要说明的是，在本文中，采用了诸如S1、S2等步骤代号，其目的是为了更清楚简要地表述相应内容，不构成顺序上的实质性限制，本领域技术人员在具体实施时，可能会先执行S2后执行S1等，但这些均应在本申请的保护范围之内。
应当理解，此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请，并不用于限定本申请。
在后续的描述中，使用用于表示元件的诸如“模块”、“部件”或者“单元”的后缀仅为了有利于本申请的说明，其本身没有特定的意义。因此，“模块”、“部件”或者“单元”可以混合地使用。
智能终端可以以各种形式来实施。例如，本申请中描述的智能终端可以包括诸如手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、便捷式媒体播放器(Portable Media Player，PMP)、导航装置、可穿戴设备、智能手环、计步器等智能终端，以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机等固定终端。
后续描述中将以终端设备为例进行说明，本领域技术人员将理解的是，除了特别用于移动目的的元件之外，根据本申请的实施方式的构造也能够应用于固定类型的终端。
请参阅图1，其为实现本申请各个实施例的一种终端设备的硬件结构示意图，该终端设备100可以包括：RF(Radio Frequency，射频)单元101、WiFi模块102、音频输出单元103、A/V(音频/视频)输入单元104、传感器105、显示单元106、用户输入单元107、接口单元108、存储器109、处理器110、以及电源111等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解，图1中示出的终端设备结构并不构成对终端设备的限定，终端设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。
下面结合图1对终端设备的各个部件进行具体的介绍：
射频单元101可用于收发信息或通话过程中，信号的接收和发送，可选地，将基站的下行信息接收后，给处理器110处理；另外，将上行的数据发送给基站。通常，射频单元101包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外，射频单元101还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。上述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议，包括但不限于GSM(Global System of Mobile communication，全球移动通讯系统)、GPRS(General Packet Radio Service，通用分组无线服务)、CDMA2000(Code Division Multiple Access 2000，码分多址2000)、WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,宽带码分多址)、TD-SCDMA(Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access，时分同步码分多址)、FDD-LTE(Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution，频分双工长期演进)、TDD-LTE(Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution，分时双工长期演进)和5G等。
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术，终端设备通过WiFi模块102可以帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等，它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。虽然图1示出了WiFi模块102，但是可以理解的是，其并不属于终端设备的必须构成，完全可以根据需要在不改变发明的本质的范围内而省略。
音频输出单元103可以在终端设备100处于呼叫信号接收模式、通话模式、记录模式、语音识别模式、广播接收模式等等模式下时，将射频单元101或WiFi模块102接收的或者在存储器109中存储的音频数据转换成音频信号并且输出为声音。而且，音频输出单元103还可以提供与终端设备100执行的特定功能相关的音频输出(例如，呼叫信号接收声音、消息接收声音等等)。音频输出单元103可以包括扬声器、蜂鸣器等等。
A/V输入单元104用于接收音频或视频信号。A/V输入单元104可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit，GPU)1041和麦克风1042，图形处理器1041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。处理后的图像帧可以显示在显示单元106上。经图形处理器1041处理后的图像帧可以存储在存储器109(或其它存储介质)中或者经由射频单元101或WiFi模块102进行发送。麦克风1042可以在电话通话模式、记录模式、语音识别模式等等运行模式中经由麦克风1042接收 声音(音频数据)，并且能够将这样的声音处理为音频数据。处理后的音频(语音)数据可以在电话通话模式的情况下转换为可经由射频单元101发送到移动通信基站的格式输出。麦克风1042可以实施各种类型的噪声消除(或抑制)算法以消除(或抑制)在接收和发送音频信号的过程中产生的噪声或者干扰。
终端设备100还包括至少一种传感器105，比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。可选地，光传感器包括环境光传感器及接近传感器，可选地，环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板1061的亮度，接近传感器可在终端设备100移动到耳边时，关闭显示面板1061和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种，加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小，静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向，可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等；至于手机还可配置的指纹传感器、压力传感器、虹膜传感器、分子传感器、陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器，在此不再赘述。
显示单元106用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息。显示单元106可包括显示面板1061，可以采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display，LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板1061。
用户输入单元107可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息，以及产生与终端设备的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。可选地，用户输入单元107可包括触控面板1071以及其他输入设备1072。触控面板1071，也称为触摸屏，可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板1071上或在触控面板1071附近的操作)，并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。触控面板1071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。可选地，触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位，并检测触摸操作带来的信号，将信号传送给触摸控制器；触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息，并将它转换成触点坐标，再送给处理器110，并能接收处理器110发来的命令并加以执行。此外，可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板1071。除了触控面板1071，用户输入单元107还可以包括其他输入设备1072。可选地，其他输入设备1072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种，具体此处不做限定。
可选地，触控面板1071可覆盖显示面板1061，当触控面板1071检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后，传送给处理器110以确定触摸事件的类型，随后处理器110根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板1061上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图1中，触控面板1071与显示面板1061是作为两个独立的部件来实现终端设备的输入和输出功能，但是在某些实施例中，可以将触控面板1071与显示面板1061集成而实现终端设备的输入和输出功能，具体此处不做限定。
接口单元108用作至少一个外部装置与终端设备100连接可以通过的接口。例如，外部装置可以包括有线或无线头戴式耳机端口、外部电源(或电池充电器)端口、有线或无线数据端口、存储卡端口、用于连接具有识别模块的装置的端口、音频输入/输出(I/O)端口、视频I/O端口、耳机端口等等。接口单元108可以用于接收来自外部装置的输入(例如，数据信息、电力等等)并且将接收到的输入传输到终端设备100内的一个或多个元件或者可以用于在终端设备100和外部装置之间传输数据。
存储器109可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器109可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区，可选地，存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等；存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外，存储器109可以包括高速随机存取存储器，还可以包括非易失性存储器，例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。
处理器110是终端设备的控制中心，利用各种接口和线路连接整个终端设备的各个部分，通过运行或执行存储在存储器109内的软件程序和/或模块，以及调用存储在存储器109内的数据，执行终端设备的各种功能和处理数据，从而对终端设备进行整体监控。处理器110可包括一个或多个处理单元；优选的，处理器110可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器，可选 地，应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等，调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是，上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器110中。
终端设备100还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源111(比如电池)，优选的，电源111可以通过电源管理系统与处理器110逻辑相连，从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。
尽管图1未示出，终端设备100还可以包括蓝牙模块等，在此不再赘述。
为了便于理解本申请实施例，下面对本申请的终端设备所基于的通信网络系统进行描述。
请参阅图2，图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信网络系统架构图，该通信网络系统为通用移动通信技术的LTE系统，该LTE系统包括依次通讯连接的UE(User Equipment，用户设备)201，E-UTRAN(Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network，演进式UMTS陆地无线接入网)202，EPC(Evolved Packet Core，演进式分组核心网)203和运营商的IP业务204。
可选地，UE201可以是上述终端设备100，此处不再赘述。
E-UTRAN202包括eNodeB2021和其它eNodeB2022等。可选地，eNodeB2021可以通过回程(backhaul)(例如X2接口)与其它eNodeB2022连接，eNodeB2021连接到EPC203，eNodeB2021可以提供UE 201到EPC 203的接入。
EPC203可以包括MME(Mobility Management Entity，移动性管理实体)2031，HSS(Home Subscriber Server，归属用户服务器)2032，其它MME2033，SGW(Serving Gate Way，服务网关)2034，PGW(PDN Gate Way，分组数据网络网关)2035和PCRF(Policy and Charging Rules Function，政策和资费功能实体)2036等。可选地，MME2031是处理UE201和EPC203之间信令的控制节点，提供承载和连接管理。HSS2032用于提供一些寄存器来管理诸如归属位置寄存器(图中未示)之类的功能，并且保存有一些有关服务特征、数据速率等用户专用的信息。所有用户数据都可以通过SGW2034进行发送，PGW2035可以提供UE201的IP地址分配以及其它功能，PCRF2036是业务数据流和IP承载资源的策略与计费控制策略决策点，它为策略与计费执行功能单元(图中未示)选择及提供可用的策略和计费控制决策。
IP业务204可以包括因特网、内联网、IMS(IP Multimedia Subsystem，IP多媒体子系统)或其它IP业务等。
虽然上述以LTE系统为例进行了介绍，但本领域技术人员应当知晓，本申请不仅仅适用于LTE系统，也可以适用于其他无线通信系统，例如GSM、CDMA2000、WCDMA、TD-SCDMA以及未来新的网络系统(如5G)等，此处不做限定。
基于上述终端设备硬件结构以及通信网络系统，提出本申请各个实施例。
载波聚合是为了满足高速率和系统容量提升的要求，引入了一项增加系统传输带宽的技术。载波聚合通过联合调度和使用多个成员载波(Component Carrier，CC)上的资源，使得NR系统可以支持更大的带宽，从而能够实现更高的系统峰值速率。
在多载波系统中，终端设备可能同时存在至少一个载波资源，包括一个主载波，以及一个或多个辅载波。若引入了双连接技术，则系统中包括主小区组(Master Cell Group，简称MCG)和辅小区组(Secondary Cell Group，简称SCG)。可选地，终端设备首先发起随机接入的小区所在的组即为MCG。在MCG中，可能包括至少一个小区，这至少一个小区中有一个用于发起初始随机接入的小区，即主小区(Primary Cell，简称PCell)，其他小区即为辅小区(Secondary Cell，简称SCell)。MCG下的PCell和SCell通过载波聚合技术联合在一起。类似的，SCG中也可能包括至少一个小区，这至少一个小区中有一个主辅小区(Primary Secondary Cell，简称PSCell)和SCell，SCG下的PSCell和SCell通过载波聚合技术联合在一起。若未引入双连接技术，则系统中可能包括至少一个小区，这至少一个小区也可以通过载波聚合技术联合在一起。
一些实现中，当网络设备对载波进行激活或去激活操作后，激活载波即为调度载波，终端设备需要监听所有激活的载波，即所有激活的载波均被调度。如果当前激活的载波由于负载或覆盖或其他原因导致无法为当前的终端设备服务，使得需要切换到其他载波时，网络设 备需要先去激活当前载波，再激活可以调度的载波。例如当网络设备为终端设备配置了CC0、CC1和CC2这3个载波，且激活了CC0和CC1这2个载波，若CC0由于某些原因无法为当前的终端设备服务，则终端设备需要对CC0进行去激活，在CC2可以被调度时，还需要对CC2进行激活，使得CC2可以为终端设备服务。上述过程涉及到载波的激活和去激活，信令流程较多，在网络设备去激活当前载波到再激活可以调度的载波这一过程中，当前载波不能为当前的终端设备服务，终端设备和网络设备之间不能进行数据传输，从而会影响用户数据传输的体验。
基于此，本申请提供一种处理方法，在同时激活至少一个载波的情形下，至少一个载波并不同时被调度，而是通过网络设备指示终端设备哪几个载波被调度。在某些调度的载波无法为终端设备服务而需要进行载波切换时，由网络设备指示在激活载波中切换调度的载波即可，无需进行去激活和再次激活的操作，能够节省信令。下面结合附图对本申请的方案进行介绍。
图3为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图一，如图3所示，该方法可以包括：
S31，网络设备发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个载波。在为终端设备配置一个或多个载波后，网络设备还可以对已配置的载波进行激活或去激活，对已配置的载波中进行激活的载波，即为终端设备的激活载波，对已配置的载波中进行去激活的载波，即为终端设备的去激活载波。去激活载波不支持数据的收发或传输。
指示信息也可以称为调度载波指示信息，指示信息是用于指示终端设备进行调度载波的切换的。第一调度载波为终端设备的当前调度载波，第二调度载波为切换后终端设备的调度载波。网络设备可以向终端设备发送该指示信息，以指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。可选地，第二调度载波可以为终端设备服务，即终端设备可以在第二调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输，和/或，不调度的载波不为终端设备服务。
S32，终端设备获取指示信息。
终端设备可以从网络设备获取指示信息，指示信息也可以称为调度载波指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。指示信息可以是独立的信息，也可以是承载于其他信息中的信息。当指示信息为独立的信息时，终端设备可以直接从网络设备获取该指示信息；当指示信息为承载于其他信息中的信息时，例如指示信息承载于第一信息时，终端设备可以从网络设备获取第一信息，然后根据第一信息获取该指示信息。
S33，终端设备根据指示信息，将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
网络设备在向终端设备发送指示信息后，终端设备接收该指示信息。由于指示信息指示终端设备进行调度载波的切换，终端设备根据指示信息，将第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。第二调度载波为后续进行数据传输的载波，网络设备和终端设备可以在第二调度载波上进行数据传输，而对于激活载波中未被调度的载波，由于网络设备和终端设备无需在未被调度的载波上进行数据传输，因此终端设备无需监听未被调度的载波。
本申请实施例提供的处理方法，首先网络设备发送指示信息，终端设备在接收到指示信息后，根据指示信息将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，第二调度载波可以用于后续网络设备和终端设备进行数据传输。在第一调度载波中存在部分载波无法为终端设备服务而需要进行调度载波切换时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备完成从第一调度载波到第二调度载波的切换，而无需进行载波的去激活和激活，信令消耗较小，也能够提高用户数据传输的体验。
一种可能的实施方式中，调度载波的数量小于或等于激活载波的数量，即第一调度载波为终端设备的激活载波集合的子集，和/或，第二调度载波为终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。激活载波集合为终端设备的所有当前激活载波组成的集合。例如，若终端设备当前的激活载 波包括CC0、CC1和CC2，则激活载波集合中包括的激活载波为CC0、CC1和CC2。第一调度载波为激活载波集合的子集，则第一调度载波可能为CC0，可能为CC1，可能为CC2，可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2，可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2；类似的，第二调度载波为激活载波集合的子集，则第二调度载波可能为CC0，可能为CC1，可能为CC2，可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2，可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2。
由于终端设备根据指示信息将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，因此第一调度载波和第二调度载波中至少包括一个不同的激活载波。即，第一调度载波中至少包括一个激活载波且第二调度载波中不包括该激活载波，和/或，第二调度载波中至少包括一个激活载波且第一调度载波中不包括该激活载波。
相比于通过对载波进行去激活，然后再激活可以调度的载波，本申请实施例的方案，通过指示信息就可以实现调度载波的切换。仍以网络设备为终端设备配置的载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2为例，网络设备可以将CC0、CC1和CC2进行激活，然后，通过指示信息指示CC0和CC1为第二调度载波。终端设备在将CC0和CC1确定为第二调度载波后，可以通过CC0和CC1，与网络设备进行数据传输，即CC0和CC1可以为终端设备服务。若此时由于某些原因导致CC0无法为当前的终端设备服务，则网络设备可以通过指示信息进行调度载波的切换。此时，终端设备的当前调度载波为CC0和CC1，在该场景下，CC0和CC1为第一调度载波，指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波从第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，第二调度载波例如可以为CC1和CC2。这一过程，无需进行载波的激活和去激活过程，能够减小信令流程。由于没有载波的激活和去激活的过程，也就不会产生当前载波不能为当前的终端设备服务的问题，能够提供用户数据传输的体验。
一种可能的实施方式中，网络设备通过指示信息向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，可以是网络设备确定需要向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，也可以是终端设备请求网络设备进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，网络设备可以根据负载来判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，负载可以包括载波上的用户数、数据量等等。当用户数增多时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他用户数较少的载波上，以减小载波的负担；和/或，当数据量增大时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他数据量较小的载波上，以减小载波的负担。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个用户数的阈值，根据用户数是否超过用户数的阈值来判断用户数是否过多，在用户数过多时进行调度载波的切换。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个数据量的阈值，根据数据量是否超过数据量的阈值来判断数据量是否过大，在数据量过大时进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，终端设备也可以主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，该请求信息用于请求切换终端设备的调度载波。网络设备在接收到该请求信息后，根据该请求信息，向网络设备发送该指示信息，终端设备可以根据该指示信息确定调度载波。
可选地，响应于终端设备满足预设条件，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，终端设备满足预设条件，表示终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波，和/或，终端设备根据第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
可选地，终端设备可以根据终端设备自身的能力来确定是否向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换。例如，终端设备可以根据终端设备支持的天线数变化、终端设备的业务变化、终端设备的覆盖变化等指标，决定是否向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。可选地，当终端设备的业务数据量增大，但是当前提供调度服务的载波(即第一调度载波)无法提供相应的空口资源时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将激活载波中的较空闲的非调度载波调整为调度载波，以满足终端设备的业务传输需求，例如，也可以使用更多的天线，来增加载波的数量；当终端设备的 业务数据量减小时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将部分调度载波调整为非调度载波，使得终端设备无需在多个调度载波上监听PDCCH，减小终端设备的功耗，例如，可以关闭部分天线端口来减小天线的数量，从而节省终端设备的功耗。
可选地，当终端设备所处的第一调度载波对应的覆盖较差时，例如第一调度载波中包括至少一个激活载波，这至少一个激活载波中有至少部分激活载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。其中，载波对应的覆盖指的是载波对应的小区的范围，通常，位于小区中心的终端设备的信号质量较好，位于小区边缘的信号质量较差，不同的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围可能不同，例如，有的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围为500米，有的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围为800米。针对第一调度载波中的任意一个载波，若终端所处的该载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以确定进行调度载波的切换。例如，当终端设备处于某个载波的覆盖范围的边缘时，可以请求网络设备进行调度载波的切换，切换到其他覆盖较好的载波上。可选地，终端设备所处的载波对应的覆盖的好坏，可以通过参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，简称RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(Reference Signal Receiving Quality，简称RSRQ)、信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indication，简称CQI)中的一项或多项来表征。通过终端设备主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，能够提高调度载波切换的灵活性。
可选地，网络设备可以根据第一调度载波上的负载，和/或，第一调度载波上的信道质量来判断是否需要进行调度载波的切换。可选地，第一调度载波上的负载即为终端设备和网络设备在第一调度载波上的传输的数据量大小。当第一调度载波上的负载在某一时段内大于或等于某一阈值时，网络设备可以确定需要进行调度载波的切换，例如增加调度载波的数量，以服务于终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输；当第一调度载波上的负载在某一时段内小于或等于某一阈值时，网络设备可以确定需要进行调度载波的切换，例如减小调度载波的数量，以节省终端设备的功耗。可选地，信道质量可以通过探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，简称SRS)测量、误块率(Block Error Rate，简称BLER)、比特出错概率(Bit Error Ratio，简称BER)、RSRP、CQI来表征。
可选地，当BLER增加至第一阈值时，或者，当BER增加至第二阈值时，或者，当RSRP减小至第三阈值时，或者，当CQI的取值指示信道质量差时，表示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差。
当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差或者覆盖不佳时，网络设备可以确定需要向终端设备指示调度载波。当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个调度载波对应的信道质量较差或者覆盖不佳时，网络设备向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换。网络设备根据SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标来进行调度载波的切换时，能够将调度载波从信道质量较差或者覆盖不佳的载波切换到信道质量较好或者覆盖较佳的激活载波上，从而提高用户在调度载波上的数据传输的体验。
网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，可选地，网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息，第一信息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收第一信息后，根据第一信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information，简称DCI)。网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息，下行控制信息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收下行控制信息后，根据下行控制信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为MAC CE。网络设备向终端设备发送MAC CE，MAC CE中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收MAC CE后，根据MAC CE获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control，简称RRC)重配置消息。网络设备向终端设备发送RRC重配置消息，RRC重配置消息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收RRC重配置消息后，根据RRC重配置消息获取该指示信息。
网络设备发送的指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度 载波，可选地，第二调度载波的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，指示信息指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波，和/或，至少一个激活载波组。可选地，激活载波组中包括一个或多个激活载波。
图4为本申请实施例提供的指示调度载波的示意图一，如图4所示，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
在确定了激活载波后，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个激活载波。可选地，指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
图4的示例中，以指示信息承载于DCI中为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，DCI中包括该指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个激活载波。
例如在图4中，指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的激活载波。字段的每一位代表一个激活载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。在DCI中，该字段为001010，表示调度的激活载波是CC1和CC3。
图4示例了指示信息指示至少一个激活载波，终端设备将指示信息指示的至少一个激活载波确定为第二调度载波的方案。在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波组，每个激活载波组中包括一个或多个激活载波。当指示信息指示至少一个激活载波组时，终端设备可以将指示信息指示的激活载波组中的激活载波确定为第二调度载波。
由于不同的激活载波组中包括的激活载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定激活载波组中包含的激活载波。当网络设备要指示各激活载波时，可以确定相应的激活载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
图5为本申请实施例提供的指示调度载波的示意图二，如图5所示，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
表1示例了一种可能的激活载波组的实现方案，如表1所示，以每个激活载波组中包括2个激活载波为例，6个载波两两组合，共包括15种组合方案。
表1
指示信息 载波组 指示信息 载波组 指示信息 载波组
0000 CC0、CC1 0101 CC1、CC2 1010 CC2、CC4
0001 CC0、CC2 0110 CC1、CC3 1011 CC2、CC5
0010 CC0、CC3 0111 CC1、CC4 1100 CC3、CC4
0011 CC0、CC4 1000 CC1、CC5 1101 CC3、CC5
0100 CC0、CC5 1001 CC2、CC3 1110 CC4、CC5
在确定了激活载波后，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个激活载波组。可选地，指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
图5的示例中，仍以指示信息承载于DCI中为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，DCI中包括该指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个激活载波组。
例如在图5中，指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个激活载波组。例如图5中，终端设备接收DCI后，根据DCI获取指示信息，指示信息中的字段为“0110”。根据字段“0110”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组为CC1和CC3，该激活载波组中包括CC1和CC3这两个载波，终端设备将该激活载波组中包括的CC1和CC3这两个激活载波确定为第二调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，若指示信息中的字段为“0111”，则根据字段“0111”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组为CC1和CC4，该激活载波组中包括CC1和CC4 这两个激活载波，终端设备将该激活载波组中包括的CC1和CC4这两个激活载波确定为第二调度载波即可。和/或，若指示信息中的字段为其他字段，根据表1均可获知指示信息指示的激活载波组中包括的激活载波，进而终端设备确定相应的第二调度载波。
通过指示信息指示激活载波组，激活载波组中包括一个或多个激活载波，能够减小指示信息中的比特数。例如在图5的示例中，通过四位的字段，就可以指示所有的载波组合，相比于图4中通过六位的字段，节省了指示信息中的比特数。
需要说明的是，表1中的激活载波组仅仅为一种示例，并不构成实际的激活载波组的限定。网络设备和终端设备约定的激活载波组中包括的激活载波的数量可以为1个、2个、3个等等任何可能的数量，各个激活载波组中包括的激活载波的数量可以相同，也可以不相同。
在上述实施例中，结合图4和图5介绍了指示信息指示至少一个激活载波以及指示信息指示至少一个激活载波组时，终端设备根据指示信息确定第二调度载波的方案。在一些情况下，终端设备可能需要切换调度载波，此时，网络设备也可以向终端设备发送指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息来切换调度载波。
可选地，网络设备可以根据负载判断是否需要进行调度载波的切换，负载例如可以包括第一调度载波上的用户数、数据量等等。可选地，终端设备可以根据自身的能力确定是否向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换。在确定进行切换时，终端设备主动向网络设备发送请求信息，请求进行调度载波的切换。
图6为本申请实施例提供的切换调度载波的示意图一，如图6所示，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
当进行调度载波切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示终端设备确定了当前调度载波(即第一调度载波)。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。如图6左边示例，其中之前的指示信息的指示字段为“001010”，对应的第一调度载波为CC1和CC3。
在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
图6的示例中，以指示信息承载于DCI中为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，DCI中包括该指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波。在确定这至少一个激活载波后，终端设备可以将第一调度载波切换到当前指示信息指示的这至少一个激活载波上，这至少一个激活载波即为第二调度载波。
例如在图6中，在DCI中，该字段为“001100”，表示第二调度载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3(CC1和CC3为第一调度载波)，切换到CC2和CC3(CC2和CC3为第二调度载波)上。
图6示例了指示信息指示至少一个激活载波，终端设备根据指示信息将第一调度载波切换到指示信息指示的至少一个激活载波上的方案。在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波组，每个激活载波组中包括一个或多个激活载波。当指示信息指示至少一个激活载波组时，终端设备可以将第一调度载波切换到指示信息指示的激活载波组中的激活载波上，该激活载波组中的激活载波即为第二调度载波。
图7为本申请实施例提供的切换调度载波的示意图二，如图7所示，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
当进行调度载波切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示的至少一个激活载波组，指示终端设备确定了当前调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个激活载波组。
由于不同的激活载波组中包括的激活载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预 先约定激活载波组中包含的激活载波。当网络设备要指示各激活载波时，可以确定相应的激活载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。图7的示例中，仍以表1示例的激活载波组为例进行介绍。
如图7左边示例，其中之前的指示信息的指示字段为“0110”，对应的激活载波组中包括的激活载波为CC1和CC3，此时终端设备的当前调度载波为CC1和CC3。
在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个激活载波组。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
图7的示例中，以指示信息承载于DCI中为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，DCI中包括该指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。在确定调度的至少一个激活载波组后，终端设备可以将当前调度的激活载波(即第一调度载波，例如图7中的CC1和CC3)切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个激活载波组包括的激活载波(即第二调度载波，例如图7中的CC2和CC3)上。
例如在图7中，在DCI中，该字段为“1001”，结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组中包括的激活载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度载波由第一调度载波，即原来的CC1和CC3，切换到第二调度载波，即CC2和CC3上。
在上述实施例中，介绍了网络设备通过指示信息指示终端设备确定调度载波和/或切换调度载波的方案，下面将介绍根据第二调度载波进行数据传输的方案。
在终端设备确定第二调度载波后，终端设备可以从网络设备获取调度信息。可选地，调度信息用于指示终端设备和网络设备在第二调度载波上进行数据传输。可选地，调度信息中可以包括至少一项数据传输的指示，例如指示终端设备和网络设备在什么时域上进行数据传输，在什么频域上进行数据传输等等。
可选地，终端设备获取指示信息的时刻不晚于获取调度信息的时刻。
可选地，终端设备先获取指示信息，根据指示信息确定调度载波，然后获取调度信息。
可选地，终端设备同时获取指示信息和调度信息。例如，网络设备为终端设备配置了3个载波，分别是CC0、CC1和CC2，通过指示信息指示了调度载波为CC1和CC2，且在CC1跨载波调度指示中携带了CC2的调度信息，此时终端设备可以同时获取指示信息和调度信息。
可选地，若第二调度载波未被载波指示(Carrier Indicator)信息指示，则终端设备可以通过在第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，简称PDCCH)获取调度信息。即当终端设备未配置跨载波调度时，终端设备可以在第二调度载波上监听PDCCH，根据PDCCH来获取该调度信息。
可选地，若第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则终端设备可以通过载波指示信息获取调度信息。即当终端设备配置了跨载波调度时，终端设备获取载波指示信息，根据载波指示信息获取该调度信息。可选地，载波指示信息可以承载于DCI上，即终端设备获取DCI，根据DCI获取该载波指示信息。
终端设备在获取调度信息后，可以根据调度信息的指示与网络设备进行数据传输，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送数据，或者，终端设备从网络设备接收数据，等等。
图8为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图二，如图8所示，该方法可以包括：
S81，网络设备发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。
网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个载波。在为终端设备配置一个或多个载波后，网络设备还可以对已配置的载波进行激活或去激活，对已配置的载波中进行激活的载波，即为终端设备的激活载波，对已配置的载波中进行去激活的载波，即为终端设备的去激活载波。去激活载波不支持数据的收发或传输。
指示信息也可以称为调度载波指示信息，指示信息是用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波的，网络设备可以向终端设备发送该指示信息，以指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。可选地，调度载波可以为终端设备服务，即终端设备可以在调度载波上与网络 设备进行数据传输，和/或，不调度的载波不为终端设备服务。
S82，终端设备获取指示信息。
终端设备可以从网络设备获取指示信息，指示信息也可以称为调度载波指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。指示信息可以是独立的信息，也可以是承载于其他信息中的信息。当指示信息为独立的信息时，终端设备可以直接从网络设备获取该指示信息；和/或，当指示信息为承载于其他信息中的信息时，例如，指示信息承载于第一信息时，终端设备可以从网络设备获取第一信息，然后根据第一信息获取该指示信息。
网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，可选地，网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息，第一信息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收第一信息后，根据第一信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为DCI。网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，DCI中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收DCI后，根据下行控制信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为MAC CE。网络设备向终端设备发送MAC CE，MAC CE中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收MAC CE后，根据MAC CE获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为RRC重配置消息。网络设备向终端设备发送RRC重配置消息，RRC重配置消息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收RRC重配置消息后，根据RRC重配置消息获取该指示信息。
S83，终端设备根据指示信息，在终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波。
网络设备在向终端设备发送指示信息后，终端设备接收该指示信息。由于指示信息中指示了调度载波，终端设备根据指示信息，在激活载波中确定调度载波。调度载波为后续进行数据传输的载波，网络设备和终端设备可以在调度载波上进行数据传输，而对于激活载波中未被调度的载波，由于网络设备和终端设备无需在未被调度的载波上进行数据传输，因此终端设备无需监听未被调度的载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，调度载波的数量小于或等于激活载波的数量。例如，若激活载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2，则调度载波可能是CC0，可能是CC1，可能是CC2；调度载波可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2；调度载波还可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2。即，调度载波是激活载波的子集。
相比于通过对载波进行去激活，然后再激活可以调度的载波，本申请实施例的方案，通过指示信息就可以实现调度载波的切换。仍以网络设备为终端设备配置的载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2为例，网络设备可以将CC0、CC1和CC2进行激活，然后，通过指示信息指示CC0和CC1为调度载波。终端设备在将CC0和CC1确定为调度载波后，可以通过CC0和CC1，与网络设备进行数据传输，即CC0和CC1可以为终端设备服务。若此时由于某些原因导致CC0无法为当前的终端设备服务，则网络设备可以通过指示信息指示CC1和CC2为调度载波，实现调度载波的切换。这一过程，无需进行载波的激活和去激活过程，能够减小信令流程。由于没有载波的激活和去激活的过程，也就不会产生当前载波不能为当前的终端设备服务的问题，能够提供用户数据传输的体验。
一种可能的实施方式中，网络设备通过指示信息向终端设备指示调度载波，可以是网络设备确定需要向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，也可以是终端设备请求网络设备进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，网络设备可以根据当前调度载波上的负载和/或当前调度载波上的信道质量判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，当前调度载波上的负载即为终端设备和网络设备在当前调度载波上的传输的数据量大小。当当前调度载波上的负载在某一时段内大于或等于某一阈值时，网络设备可以确定需要进行调度载波的切换，例如增加调度载波的数量，以服务于终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输；当当前调度载波上的负载在某一时段内小于或等于某一阈值时，网络设备可以确定需要进行调度载波的切换，例如减小调度载波的数量，以节省终端设备的功耗。可选地，信道质量可以通过SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI来表征。可选地，负载可以包括载波上的用户数、数据量等等。当用户数增多时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他用户数较少的载波上，以减 小载波的负担。和/或，当数据量增大时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他数据量较小的载波上，以减小载波的负担。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个用户数的阈值，根据用户数是否超过用户数的阈值来判断用户数是否过多，在用户数过多时进行调度载波的切换。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个数据量的阈值，根据数据量是否超过数据量的阈值来判断数据量是否过大，在数据量过大时进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，网络设备可以根据信道质量或覆盖来判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，信道质量或覆盖可以通过探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal，简称SRS)测量、误块率(Block Error Rate，简称BLER)、比特出错概率(Bit Error Ratio，简称BER)、参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power，简称RSRP)、信道质量指示(Channel Quality Indication，简称CQI)来表征。
可选地，当BLER增加至第一阈值时，或者，当BER增加至第二阈值时，或者，当RSRP减小至第三阈值时，或者，当CQI的取值指示信道质量差时，表示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差，或者某个激活载波对应的信道覆盖不佳。
当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备可以确定需要向终端设备指示调度载波。和/或，当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个调度载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换。网络设备根据SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标来进行调度载波的切换时，能够将调度载波从信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳的载波切换到信道质量较好或者信道覆盖较佳的载波上，从而提高用户在调度载波上的数据传输的体验。
可选地，终端设备也可以主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，该请求信息用于请求切换终端设备的调度载波。网络设备在接收到该请求信息后，根据该请求信息，向网络设备发送该指示信息，终端设备可以根据该指示信息确定调度载波。
可选地，终端设备可以根据终端设备自身的能力来确定是否向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换。例如，终端设备可以根据终端设备支持的天线数变化、终端设备的业务变化、终端设备的覆盖变化等至少一个指标，决定是否向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备的业务数据量增大，但是当前提供调度服务的载波无法提供相应的空口资源时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将激活载波中的较空闲的非调度载波调整为调度载波，以满足终端设备的业务传输需求，例如，也可以使用更多的天线，来增加载波的数量。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备的业务数据量减小时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将部分调度载波调整为非调度载波，使得终端设备无需在多个调度载波上监听PDCCH，减小终端设备的功耗，再如，可以关闭部分天线端口来减小天线的数量，从而节省终端设备的功耗。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备所处的调度载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。通过终端设备主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，能够提高调度载波切换的灵活性。
网络设备发送的指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波，可选地，调度载波的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，指示信息指示至少一个载波，和/或，至少一个载波组。可选地，载波组中包括一个或多个载波。
例如在图4中，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
以图4为例，在确定了激活载波后，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至 少一个载波。可选地，指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
图4的示例中，以指示信息承载于DCI中为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，DCI中包括该指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波。
例如在图4中，指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。在DCI中，该字段为001010，表示调度的载波是CC1和CC3。
图4示例了指示信息指示至少一个载波，终端设备将指示信息指示的至少一个载波确定为调度载波的方案。在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示至少一个载波组，每个载波组中包括一个或多个载波。当指示信息指示至少一个载波组时，终端设备可以将指示信息指示的载波组中的载波确定为调度载波。
由于不同的载波组中包括的载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定载波组中包含的载波。当网络设备要指示各载波时，可以确定相应的载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
例如在图5中，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
以表1中的载波组为例，指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个载波组。例如图5中，终端设备接收DCI后，根据DCI获取指示信息，指示信息中的字段为“0110”。根据字段“0110”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组为CC1和CC3，该载波组中包括CC1和CC3这两个载波，终端设备将该载波组中包括的CC1和CC3这两个载波确定为调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，若指示信息中的字段为“0111”，则根据字段“0111”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组为CC1和CC4，该载波组中包括CC1和CC4这两个载波，终端设备将该载波组中包括的CC1和CC4这两个载波确定为调度载波即可。和/或，若指示信息中的字段为其他字段，根据表1均可获知指示信息指示的载波组中包括的载波，进而终端设备确定相应的调度载波。
通过指示信息指示载波组，载波组中包括一个或多个载波，能够减小指示信息中的比特数。例如在图5的示例中，通过四位的字段，就可以指示所有的载波组合，相比于图4中通过六位的字段，节省了指示信息中的比特数。
需要说明的是，表1中的载波组仅仅为一种示例，并不构成实际的载波组的限定。网络设备和终端设备约定的载波组中包括的载波的数量可以为1个、2个、3个等等任何可能的数量，各个载波组中包括的载波的数量可以相同，也可以不相同。
在上述实施例中，结合图4和图5介绍了指示信息指示至少一个载波以及指示信息指示至少一个载波组时，终端设备根据指示信息确定调度载波的方案。在一些情况下，终端设备可能需要切换调度载波，此时，网络设备也可以向终端设备发送指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息来切换调度载波。
可选地，网络设备可以根据负载判断是否需要进行调度载波的切换，负载例如可以包括调度载波上的用户数、数据量等等。可选地，终端设备可以根据自身的能力确定是否向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换。在确定进行切换时，终端设备主动向网络设备发送请求信息，请求进行调度载波的切换。
当进行调度载波切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示终端设备确定了调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。如图6左边示例，其中之前的指示信息的指示字段为“001010”，对应的调度载波为CC1和CC3。
在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个载波。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于 RRC重配置消息中。
图6的示例中，以指示信息承载于DCI中为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，DCI中包括该指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波。在确定调度的至少一个载波后，终端设备可以将调度的载波切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个载波上。
例如在图6中，在DCI中，该字段为“001100”，表示调度的载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3，切换到CC2和CC3上。
图6示例了指示信息指示至少一个载波，终端设备根据指示信息将调度的载波切换到指示信息指示的至少一个载波上的方案。在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示至少一个载波组，每个载波组中包括一个或多个载波。当指示信息指示至少一个载波组时，终端设备可以将调度的载波切换到指示信息指示的载波组中的载波上。
图6示例了指示信息指示至少一个载波，终端设备根据指示信息指示的至少一个载波进行调度载波切换的方案。在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示至少一个载波组，每个载波组中包括一个或多个载波。当指示信息指示至少一个载波组时，终端设备可以根据指示信息指示的载波组进行调度载波的切换。
当进行调度载波切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示的至少一个载波组，指示终端设备确定了调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个载波组。
由于不同的载波组中包括的载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定载波组中包含的载波。当网络设备要指示各载波时，可以确定相应的载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。图7的示例中，仍以表1示例的载波组为例进行介绍。
如图7左边示例，其中之前的指示信息的指示字段为“0110”，对应的载波组中包括的载波为CC1和CC3，此时终端设备的调度载波为CC1和CC3。
在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个载波组。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
图7的示例中，以指示信息承载于DCI中为例，网络设备向终端设备发送DCI，DCI中包括该指示信息，终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波组。在确定调度的至少一个载波组后，终端设备可以将调度的载波切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个载波组包括的载波上。
例如在图7中，在DCI中，该字段为“1001”，结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组中包括的载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3，切换到CC2和CC3上。
在上述实施例中，介绍了网络设备通过指示信息指示终端设备确定调度载波和/或切换调度载波的方案，下面将介绍根据调度载波进行数据传输的方案。
在终端设备确定调度载波后，终端设备可以从网络设备获取调度信息。可选地，调度信息用于指示终端设备和网络设备在调度载波上进行数据传输。可选地，调度信息中可以包括至少一项数据传输的指示，例如指示终端设备和网络设备在什么时域上进行数据传输，在什么频域上进行数据传输等等。
可选地，终端设备先获取指示信息，根据指示信息确定调度载波，然后获取调度信息。
可选地，终端设备同时获取指示信息和调度信息。例如，网络设备为终端设备配置了3个载波，分别是CC0、CC1和CC2，通过指示信息指示了调度载波为CC1和CC2，且在CC1跨载波调度指示中携带了CC2的调度信息，此时终端设备可以同时获取指示信息和调度信息。
可选地，若调度载波未被载波指示(Carrier Indicator)信息指示，则终端设备可以通过在调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel，简称PDCCH)获取调度信息。即当终端设备未配置跨载波调度时，终端设备可以在调度载波上监听PDCCH，根据PDCCH来获取该调度信息。
可选地，若调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则终端设备可以通过载波指示信息获取调度 信息。即当终端设备配置了跨载波调度时，终端设备获取载波指示信息，根据载波指示信息获取该调度信息。可选地，载波指示信息可以承载于DCI上，即终端设备获取DCI，根据DCI获取该载波指示信息。终端设备在获取调度信息后，可以根据调度信息的指示与网络设备进行数据传输，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送数据，或者，终端设备从网络设备接收数据，等等。
图9为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图三，如图9所示，该方法可以包括：
S91，网络设备发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二载波。
网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个载波。在为终端设备配置一个或多个载波后，网络设备还可以对已配置的载波进行激活或去激活，对已配置的载波中进行激活的载波，即为终端设备的激活载波，对已配置的载波中进行去激活的载波，即为终端设备的去激活载波。去激活载波不支持数据的收发或传输。
指示信息也可以称为调度载波指示信息，指示信息是用于指示终端设备进行调度载波的切换的。第一调度载波为终端设备的当前调度载波，第二调度载波为切换后终端设备的调度载波。网络设备可以向终端设备发送该指示信息，以指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
S92，响应于终端设备满足预设条件，终端设备接收第一信息以获取指示信息。
在终端设备满足预设条件时，终端设备接收第一信息，第一信息中包括指示信息，根据第一信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，预设条件包括终端设备发送了切换调度载波请求、终端设备配置了跨载波调度、终端设备未配置跨载波调度中的至少一种。
可选地，第一信息为下行控制信息。网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息，下行控制信息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收下行控制信息后，根据下行控制信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为MAC CE。网络设备向终端设备发送MAC CE，MAC CE中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收MAC CE后，根据MAC CE获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为RRC重配置消息。网络设备向终端设备发送RRC重配置消息，RRC重配置消息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收RRC重配置消息后，根据RRC重配置消息获取该指示信息。
S93，终端设备根据指示信息，将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
由于指示信息指示终端设备进行调度载波的切换，终端设备根据指示信息，将第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。第二调度载波为后续进行数据传输的载波，网络设备和终端设备可以在第二调度载波上进行数据传输，而对于激活载波中未被调度的载波，由于网络设备和终端设备无需在未被调度的载波上进行数据传输，因此终端设备无需监听未被调度的载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，调度载波的数量小于或等于激活载波的数量，即第一调度载波为终端设备的激活载波集合的子集，和/或，第二调度载波为终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。激活载波集合为终端设备的所有当前激活载波组成的集合。例如，若终端设备当前的激活载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2，则激活载波集合中包括的激活载波为CC0、CC1和CC2。第一调度载波为激活载波集合的子集，则第一调度载波可能为CC0，可能为CC1，可能为CC2，可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2，可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2；类似的，第二调度载波为激活载波集合的子集，则第二调度载波可能为CC0，可能为CC1，可能为CC2，可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2，可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2。
由于终端设备根据指示信息将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，因此第一调度载波和第二调度载波中至少包括一个不同的激活载波。即，第一调度载波中至少包括一个激活载波且第二调度载波中不包括该激活载波，和/或，第二调度载波中至少包括一个激活载波且第一调度载波中不包括该激活载波。
相比于通过对载波进行去激活，然后再激活可以调度的载波，本申请实施例的方案，通过指示信息就可以实现调度载波的切换。仍以网络设备为终端设备配置的载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2为例，网络设备可以将CC0、CC1和CC2进行激活，然后，通过指示信息指示CC0和CC1为第二调度载波。终端设备在将CC0和CC1确定为第二调度载波后，可以通过CC0和CC1，与网络设备进行数据传输，即CC0和CC1可以为终端设备服务。若此时由于某些原因导致CC0无法为当前的终端设备服务，则网络设备可以通过指示信息进行调度载波的切换。此时，终端设备的当前调度载波为CC0和CC1，在该场景下，CC0和CC1为第一调度载波，指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波从第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，第二调度载波例如可以为CC1和CC2。这一过程，无需进行载波的激活和去激活过程，能够减小信令流程。和/或，由于没有载波的激活和去激活的过程，也就不会产生当前载波不能为当前的终端设备服务的问题，能够提高用户数据传输的体验。
网络设备通过指示信息向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，可以是网络设备确定需要向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，也可以是终端设备请求网络设备进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，网络设备可以根据负载来判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，负载可以包括载波上的用户数、数据量等等。当用户数增多时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他用户数较少的载波上，以减小载波的负担；和/或，当数据量增大时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他数据量较小的载波上，以减小载波的负担。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个用户数的阈值，根据用户数是否超过用户数的阈值来判断用户数是否过多，在用户数过多时进行调度载波的切换。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个数据量的阈值，根据数据量是否超过数据量的阈值来判断数据量是否过大，在数据量过大时进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，终端设备也可以主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，该请求信息用于请求切换终端设备的调度载波。网络设备在接收到该请求信息后，根据该请求信息，向网络设备发送该指示信息，终端设备可以根据该指示信息确定调度载波。
可选地，响应于终端设备满足预设条件，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，终端设备满足预设条件，表示终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波，和/或，终端设备根据第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
可选地，终端设备可以根据终端设备自身的能力来确定是否向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换。例如，终端设备可以根据终端设备支持的天线数变化、终端设备的业务变化、终端设备的覆盖变化等指标，决定是否向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。可选地，当终端设备的业务数据量增大，但是当前提供调度服务的载波(即第一调度载波)无法提供相应的空口资源时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将激活载波中的较空闲的非调度载波调整为调度载波，以满足终端设备的业务传输需求，例如，也可以使用更多的天线，来增加载波的数量；当终端设备的业务数据量减小时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将部分调度载波调整为非调度载波，使得终端设备无需在多个调度载波上监听PDCCH，减小终端设备的功耗，例如，可以关闭部分天线端口来减小天线的数量，从而节省终端设备的功耗。可选地，当终端设备所处的第一调度载波对应的覆盖较差时，例如第一调度载波中包括至少一个激活载波，这至少一个激活载波中有至少部分激活载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。其中，载波对应的覆盖指的是载波对应的小区的范围，通常，位于小区中心的终端设备的信号质量较好，位于小区边缘的信号质量较差，不同的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围可能不同，例如，有的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围为500米，有的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围为800米。针对第一调度载波中的任意一个载波，若终端所处的该载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以确定进行调度载波的切换。例如，当终端设备处于某个载波的覆盖范围的边缘时，可以请求网络设备 进行调度载波的切换，切换到其他覆盖较好的载波上。可选地，终端设备所处的载波对应的覆盖的好坏，可以通过RSRP、RSRQ、CQI中的一项或多项来表征。通过终端设备主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，能够提高调度载波切换的灵活性。
可选地，网络设备可以根据第一调度载波上的负载，和/或，第一调度载波上的信道质量来判断是否需要进行调度载波的切换。可选地，第一调度载波上的负载即为终端设备和网络设备在第一调度载波上的传输的数据量大小。当第一调度载波上的负载在某一时段内大于或等于某一阈值时，网络设备可以确定需要进行调度载波的切换，例如增加调度载波的数量，以服务于终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输；当第一调度载波上的负载在某一时段内小于或等于某一阈值时，网络设备可以确定需要进行调度载波的切换，例如减小调度载波的数量，以节省终端设备的功耗。可选地，信道质量或覆盖可以通过SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI来表征。
可选地，当BLER增加至第一阈值时，或者，当BER增加至第二阈值时，或者，当RSRP减小至第三阈值时，或者，当CQI的取值指示信道质量差时，表示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差，或者某个激活载波对应的信道覆盖不佳。
当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备可以确定需要向终端设备指示调度载波。当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个调度载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换。网络设备根据SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标来进行调度载波的切换时，能够将调度载波从信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳的载波切换到信道质量较好或者信道覆盖较佳的载波上，从而提高用户在调度载波上的数据传输的体验。
网络设备发送的指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，可选地，第二调度载波的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，指示信息指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波，和/或，至少一个激活载波组。可选地，激活载波组中包括一个或多个激活载波。
例如在图4中，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
在确定了激活载波后，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个激活载波。可选地，指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个激活载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的激活载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。在DCI中，该字段为001010，表示调度的激活载波是CC1和CC3。
当进行调度载波的切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示终端设备确定了调度载波(即第一调度载波)。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。如图6左边示例，其中之前的指示信息的指示字段为“001010”，对应的第一调度载波为CC1和CC3。
在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波。在确定这至少一个激活载波后，终端设备可以将第一调度载波切换到当前指示信息指示的这至少一个激活载波上，这至少一个激活载波即为第二调度载波。
例如指示信息中的该字段为“001100”，表示第二调度载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3(CC1和CC3为 第一调度载波)，切换到CC2和CC3(CC2和CC3为第二调度载波)上。
在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波组，每个激活载波组中包括一个或多个激活载波。当指示信息指示至少一个激活载波组时，终端设备可以将第一调度载波切换到指示信息指示的激活载波组中的激活载波上，该激活载波组中的激活载波即为第二调度载波。
由于不同的激活载波组中包括的激活载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定激活载波组中包含的激活载波。当网络设备要指示各激活载波时，可以确定相应的激活载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
如图5所示，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
以表1中的载波组为例，指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个激活载波组。例如指示信息中的字段为“0110”，根据字段“0110”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组为CC1和CC3，该激活载波组中包括CC1和CC3这两个激活载波，终端设备将该激活载波组中包括的CC1和CC3这两个激活载波确定为第二调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，若指示信息中的字段为“0111”，则根据字段“0111”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组为CC1和CC4，该激活载波组中包括CC1和CC4这两个激活载波，终端设备将该激活载波组中包括的CC1和CC4这两个激活载波确定为第二调度载波即可。和/或，若指示信息中的字段为其他字段，根据表1均可获知指示信息指示的激活载波组中包括的激活载波，进而终端设备确定相应的第二调度载波。
当进行调度载波切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示的至少一个激活载波组，指示终端设备确定了当前调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个激活载波组。
由于不同的激活载波组中包括的激活载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定激活载波组中包含的激活载波。当网络设备要指示各激活载波时，可以确定相应的激活载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
仍以表1示例的激活载波组为例，切换之前的指示信息的指示字段为“0110”，对应的激活载波组中包括的激活载波为CC1和CC3，此时终端设备的第一调度载波为CC1和CC3。在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波组。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个激活载波组。在确定调度的至少一个激活载波组后，终端设备可以将当前调度的激活载波(即第一调度载波，例如图7中的CC1和CC3)切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个激活载波组包括的激活载波(即第二调度载波，例如图7中的CC2和CC3)上。例如，指示信息中的该字段为“1001”，结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组中包括的激活载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度载波由第一调度载波，即原来的CC1和CC3，切换到第二调度载波，即CC2和CC3上。
在终端设备确定第二调度载波后，终端设备可以从网络设备获取调度信息。可选地，调度信息用于指示终端设备和网络设备在第二调度载波上进行数据传输。可选地，调度信息中可以包括至少一项数据传输的指示，例如指示终端设备和网络设备在什么时域上进行数据传输，在什么频域上进行数据传输等等。
可选地，终端设备获取指示信息的时刻不晚于获取调度信息的时刻。
可选地，终端设备先获取指示信息，根据指示信息将调度载波切换到第二调度载波上，然后获取调度信息。
可选地，终端设备同时获取指示信息和调度信息。例如，网络设备为终端设备配置了3个载波，分别是CC0、CC1和CC2，通过指示信息指示了调度载波为CC1和CC2，且在CC1 跨载波调度指示中携带了CC2的调度信息，此时终端设备可以同时获取指示信息和调度信息。
可选地，若第二调度载波未被载波指示(Carrier Indicator)信息指示，则终端设备可以通过在第二调度载波上监听PDCCH获取调度信息。即当终端设备未配置跨载波调度时，终端设备可以在调度载波上监听PDCCH，根据PDCCH来获取该调度信息。
可选地，若第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则终端设备可以通过载波指示信息获取调度信息。即当终端设备配置了跨载波调度时，终端设备获取载波指示信息，根据载波指示信息获取该调度信息。可选地，载波指示信息可以承载于DCI上，即终端设备获取DCI，根据DCI获取该载波指示信息。
终端设备在获取调度信息后，可以根据调度信息的指示与网络设备进行数据传输，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送数据，或者，终端设备从网络设备接收数据，等等。
图10为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图四，如图10所示，该方法可以包括：
S101，网络设备发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。
网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个载波。在为终端设备配置一个或多个载波后，网络设备还可以对已配置的载波进行激活或去激活，对已配置的载波中进行激活的载波，即为终端设备的激活载波，对已配置的载波中进行去激活的载波，即为终端设备的去激活载波。去激活载波不支持数据的收发或传输。
指示信息也可以称为调度载波指示信息，指示信息是用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波的，网络设备可以向终端设备发送该指示信息，以指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。
S102，响应于终端设备满足预设条件，终端设备接收第一信息以获取指示信息。
在终端设备满足预设条件时，终端设备接收第一信息，第一信息中包括指示信息，根据第一信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，预设条件包括终端设备发送了切换调度载波请求、终端设备配置了跨载波调度、终端设备未配置跨载波调度中的至少一种。
可选地，第一信息为下行控制信息。网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息，下行控制信息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收下行控制信息后，根据下行控制信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为MAC CE。网络设备向终端设备发送MAC CE，MAC CE中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收MAC CE后，根据MAC CE获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为RRC重配置消息。网络设备向终端设备发送RRC重配置消息，RRC重配置消息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收RRC重配置消息后，根据RRC重配置消息获取该指示信息。
S103，终端设备根据指示信息，在终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波。
由于指示信息中指示了调度载波，终端设备根据指示信息，在激活载波中确定调度载波。调度载波为后续进行数据传输的载波，网络设备和终端设备可以在调度载波上进行数据传输，而对于激活载波中未被调度的载波，由于网络设备和终端设备无需在未被调度的载波上进行数据传输，因此终端设备无需监听未被调度的载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，调度载波的数量小于或等于激活载波的数量。例如，若激活载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2，则调度载波可能是CC0，可能是CC1，可能是CC2；调度载波可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2；调度载波还可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2。即，调度载波是激活载波的子集。
相比于通过对载波进行去激活，然后再激活可以调度的载波，本申请实施例的方案，通过指示信息就可以实现调度载波的切换。仍以网络设备为终端设备配置的载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2为例，网络设备可以将CC0、CC1和CC2进行激活，然后，通过指示信息指示CC0和CC1为调度载波。终端设备在将CC0和CC1确定为调度载波后，可以通过CC0和CC1，与网络设备进行数据传输，即CC0和CC1可以为终端设备服务。若此时由于某些原因导致CC0无法为当前的终端设备服务，则网络设备可以通过指示信息指示CC1和CC2为调度载波，实现调度载波的切换。这一过程，无需进行载波的激活和去激活过程，能够减小信令流 程。和/或，由于没有载波的激活和去激活的过程，也就不会产生当前载波不能为当前的终端设备服务的问题，能够提高用户数据传输的体验。
网络设备通过指示信息向终端设备指示调度载波，可以是网络设备确定需要向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，也可以是终端设备请求网络设备进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，网络设备可以根据负载来判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，负载可以包括载波上的用户数、数据量等等。当用户数增多时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他用户数较少的载波上，以减小载波的负担。当数据量增大时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他数据量较小的载波上，以减小载波的负担。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个用户数的阈值，根据用户数是否超过用户数的阈值来判断用户数是否过多，在用户数过多时进行调度载波的切换。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个数据量的阈值，根据数据量是否超过数据量的阈值来判断数据量是否过大，在数据量过大时进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，终端设备也可以主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，该请求信息用于请求切换终端设备的调度载波。网络设备在接收到该请求信息后，根据该请求信息，向网络设备发送该指示信息，终端设备可以根据该指示信息确定调度载波。
可选地，终端设备可以根据终端设备自身的能力来确定是否向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换。例如，终端设备可以根据终端设备支持的天线数变化、终端设备的业务变化、终端设备的覆盖变化等指标，决定是否向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备的业务数据量增大，但是当前提供调度服务的载波无法提供相应的空口资源时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将激活载波中的较空闲的非调度载波调整为调度载波，以满足终端设备的业务传输需求，再如，也可以使用更多的天线，来增加载波的数量。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备的业务数据量减小时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将部分调度载波调整为非调度载波，使得终端设备无需在多个调度载波上监听PDCCH，减小终端设备的功耗，再如，可以关闭部分天线端口来减小天线的数量，从而节省终端设备的功耗。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备所处的调度载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。通过终端设备主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，能够提高调度载波切换的灵活性。
可选地，网络设备可以根据信道质量或覆盖来判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，信道质量或覆盖可以通过SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI来表征。
可选地，当BLER增加至第一阈值时，或者，当BER增加至第二阈值时，或者，当RSRP减小至第三阈值时，或者，当CQI的取值指示信道质量差时，表示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差，或者某个激活载波对应的信道覆盖不佳。
当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备可以确定需要向终端设备指示调度载波。和/或，当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个调度载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换。网络设备根据SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标来进行调度载波的切换时，能够将调度载波从信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳的载波切换到信道质量较好或者信道覆盖较佳的载波上，从而提高用户在调度载波上的数据传输的体验。
网络设备发送的指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波，可选地，调度载波的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，指示信息指示至少一个载波，和/或，至少一个载波组。可选地，载波组中包括一个或多个载波。
例如在图4中，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
在确定了激活载波后，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个载波。可选地，指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。在DCI中，该字段为001010，表示调度的载波是CC1和CC3。
当进行调度载波的切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示终端设备确定了调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。如图6左边示例，其中之前的指示信息的指示字段为“001010”，对应的调度载波为CC1和CC3。
在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个载波。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波。在确定调度的至少一个载波后，终端设备可以将调度的载波切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个载波上。
例如指示信息中的该字段为“001100”，表示调度的载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3，切换到CC2和CC3上。
在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示至少一个载波组，每个载波组中包括一个或多个载波。当指示信息指示至少一个载波组时，终端设备可以将指示信息指示的载波组中的载波确定为调度载波。
由于不同的载波组中包括的载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定载波组中包含的载波。当网络设备要指示各载波时，可以确定相应的载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
如图5所示，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
以表1中的载波组为例，指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个载波组。例如指示信息中的字段为“0110”，根据字段“0110”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组为CC1和CC3，该载波组中包括CC1和CC3这两个载波，终端设备将该载波组中包括的CC1和CC3这两个载波确定为调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，若指示信息中的字段为“0111”，则根据字段“0111”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组为CC1和CC4，该载波组中包括CC1和CC4这两个载波，终端设备将该载波组中包括的CC1和CC4这两个载波确定为调度载波即可。和/或，若指示信息中的字段为其他字段，根据表1均可获知指示信息指示的载波组中包括的载波，进而终端设备确定相应的调度载波。
当进行调度载波切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示的至少一个载波组，指示终端设备确定了调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个载波组。
由于不同的载波组中包括的载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定载波组中包含的载波。当网络设备要指示各载波时，可以确定相应的载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
仍以表1示例的载波组为例，切换之前的指示信息的指示字段为“0110”，对应的载波组中包括的载波为CC1和CC3，此时终端设备的调度载波为CC1和CC3。在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个载波组。可选地， 该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波组。在确定调度的至少一个载波组后，终端设备可以将调度的载波切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个载波组包括的载波上。例如，指示信息中的该字段为“1001”，结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组中包括的载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3，切换到CC2和CC3上。
在终端设备确定调度载波后，终端设备可以从网络设备获取调度信息。可选地，调度信息用于指示终端设备和网络设备在调度载波上进行数据传输。可选地，调度信息中可以包括至少一项数据传输的指示，例如指示终端设备和网络设备在什么时域上进行数据传输，在什么频域上进行数据传输等等。
可选地，终端设备先获取指示信息，根据指示信息确定调度载波，然后获取调度信息。
可选地，终端设备同时获取指示信息和调度信息。例如，网络设备为终端设备配置了3个载波，分别是CC0、CC1和CC2，通过指示信息指示了调度载波为CC1和CC2，且在CC1跨载波调度指示中携带了CC2的调度信息，此时终端设备可以同时获取指示信息和调度信息。
可选地，若调度载波未被载波指示(Carrier Indicator)信息指示，则终端设备可以通过在调度载波上监听PDCCH获取调度信息。即当终端设备未配置跨载波调度时，终端设备可以在调度载波上监听PDCCH，根据PDCCH来获取该调度信息。
可选地，若调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则终端设备可以通过载波指示信息获取调度信息。即当终端设备配置了跨载波调度时，终端设备获取载波指示信息，根据载波指示信息获取该调度信息。可选地，载波指示信息可以承载于DCI上，即终端设备获取DCI，根据DCI获取该载波指示信息。
终端设备在获取调度信息后，可以根据调度信息的指示与网络设备进行数据传输，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送数据，或者，终端设备从网络设备接收数据，等等。
图11为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图五，如图11所示，该方法可以包括：
S111，网络设备发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个载波。在为终端设备配置一个或多个载波后，网络设备还可以对已配置的载波进行激活或去激活，对已配置的载波中进行激活的载波，即为终端设备的激活载波，对已配置的载波中进行去激活的载波，即为终端设备的去激活载波。去激活载波不支持数据的收发或传输。
指示信息也可以称为调度载波指示信息，指示信息是用于指示终端设备进行调度载波的切换的。第一调度载波为终端设备的当前调度载波，第二调度载波为切换后终端设备的调度载波。网络设备可以向终端设备发送该指示信息，以指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
S112，终端设备获取第一信息，并根据第一信息获取指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为下行控制信息。网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息，下行控制信息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收下行控制信息后，根据下行控制信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为MAC CE。网络设备向终端设备发送MAC CE，MAC CE中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收MAC CE后，根据MAC CE获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为RRC重配置消息。网络设备向终端设备发送RRC重配置消息，RRC重配置消息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收RRC重配置消息后，根据RRC重配置消息获取该指示信息。
S113，终端设备根据指示信息，将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
由于指示信息指示终端设备进行调度载波的切换，终端设备根据指示信息，将第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。第二调度载波为后续进行数据传输的载波，网络设备和终端设备 可以在调度载波上进行数据传输，而对于激活载波中未被调度的载波，由于网络设备和终端设备无需在未被调度的载波上进行数据传输，因此终端设备无需监听未被调度的载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，调度载波的数量小于或等于激活载波的数量，即第一调度载波为终端设备的激活载波集合的子集，和/或，第二调度载波为终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。激活载波集合为终端设备的所有当前激活载波组成的集合。例如，若终端设备当前的激活载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2，则激活载波集合中包括的激活载波为CC0、CC1和CC2。第一调度载波为激活载波集合的子集，则第一调度载波可能为CC0，可能为CC1，可能为CC2，可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2，可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2；类似的，第二调度载波为激活载波集合的子集，则第二调度载波可能为CC0，可能为CC1，可能为CC2，可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2，可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2。
由于终端设备根据指示信息将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，因此第一调度载波和第二调度载波中至少包括一个不同的激活载波。即，第一调度载波中至少包括一个激活载波且第二调度载波中不包括该激活载波，和/或，第二调度载波中至少包括一个激活载波且第一调度载波中不包括该激活载波。
相比于通过对载波进行去激活，然后再激活可以调度的载波，本申请实施例的方案，通过指示信息就可以实现调度载波的切换。仍以网络设备为终端设备配置的载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2为例，网络设备可以将CC0、CC1和CC2进行激活，然后，通过指示信息指示CC0和CC1为第二调度载波。终端设备在将CC0和CC1确定为第二调度载波后，可以通过CC0和CC1，与网络设备进行数据传输，即CC0和CC1可以为终端设备服务。若此时由于某些原因导致CC0无法为当前的终端设备服务，则网络设备可以通过指示信息进行调度载波的切换。此时，终端设备的当前调度载波为CC0和CC1，在该场景下，CC0和CC1为第一调度载波，指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波从第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，第二调度载波例如可以为CC1和CC2。这一过程，无需进行载波的激活和去激活过程，能够减小信令流程。和/或，由于没有载波的激活和去激活的过程，也就不会产生当前载波不能为当前的终端设备服务的问题，能够提高用户数据传输的体验。
S114，终端设备根据调度信息，在第二调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
在终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波后，终端设备可以从网络设备获取调度信息。可选地，调度信息用于指示终端设备和网络设备在调度载波上进行数据传输。可选地，调度信息中可以包括至少一项数据传输的指示，例如指示终端设备和网络设备在什么时域上进行数据传输，在什么频域上进行数据传输等等。
可选地，终端设备获取指示信息的时刻不晚于获取调度信息的时刻。
可选地，终端设备先获取指示信息，根据指示信息将调度载波切换到第二调度载波上，然后获取调度信息。
可选地，终端设备同时获取指示信息和调度信息。例如，网络设备为终端设备配置了3个载波，分别是CC0、CC1和CC2，通过指示信息指示了调度载波为CC1和CC2，且在CC1跨载波调度指示中携带了CC2的调度信息，此时终端设备可以同时获取指示信息和调度信息。
可选地，若第二调度载波未被载波指示(Carrier Indicator)信息指示，则终端设备可以通过在第二调度载波上监听PDCCH获取调度信息。即当终端设备未配置跨载波调度时，终端设备可以在调度载波上监听PDCCH，根据PDCCH来获取该调度信息。
可选地，若第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则终端设备可以通过载波指示信息获取调度信息。即当终端设备配置了跨载波调度时，终端设备获取载波指示信息，根据载波指示信息获取该调度信息。可选地，载波指示信息可以承载于DCI上，即终端设备获取DCI，根据DCI获取该载波指示信息。
终端设备在获取调度信息后，可以根据调度信息的指示与网络设备进行数据传输，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送数据，或者，终端设备从网络设备接收数据，等等。
网络设备通过指示信息向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，可以是网络设备确定需要 向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，也可以是终端设备请求网络设备进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，网络设备根据终端设备的当前调度载波上的负载确定切换终端设备的调度载波；和/或，网络设备根据终端设备的当前调度载波上的信道质量，确定切换终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，网络设备可以根据负载来判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，负载可以包括载波上的用户数、数据量等等。当用户数增多时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他用户数较少的载波上，以减小载波的负担。当数据量增大时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他数据量较小的载波上，以减小载波的负担。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个用户数的阈值，根据用户数是否超过用户数的阈值来判断用户数是否过多，在用户数过多时进行调度载波的切换。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个数据量的阈值，根据数据量是否超过数据量的阈值来判断数据量是否过大，在数据量过大时进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，终端设备也可以主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，该请求信息用于请求切换终端设备的调度载波。网络设备在接收到该请求信息后，根据该请求信息，向网络设备发送该指示信息，终端设备可以根据该指示信息确定调度载波。
可选地，响应于终端设备满足预设条件，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，终端设备满足预设条件，表示终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波，和/或，终端设备根据第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
可选地，终端设备可以根据终端设备自身的能力来确定是否向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换。例如，终端设备可以根据终端设备支持的天线数变化、终端设备的业务变化、终端设备的覆盖变化等指标，决定是否向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。可选地，当终端设备的业务数据量增大，但是当前提供调度服务的载波(即第一调度载波)无法提供相应的空口资源时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将激活载波中的较空闲的非调度载波调整为调度载波，以满足终端设备的业务传输需求，例如，也可以使用更多的天线，来增加载波的数量；当终端设备的业务数据量减小时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将部分调度载波调整为非调度载波，使得终端设备无需在多个调度载波上监听PDCCH，减小终端设备的功耗，例如，可以关闭部分天线端口来减小天线的数量，从而节省终端设备的功耗。可选地，当终端设备所处的第一调度载波对应的覆盖较差时，例如第一调度载波中包括至少一个激活载波，这至少一个激活载波中有至少部分激活载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。其中，载波对应的覆盖指的是载波对应的小区的范围，通常，位于小区中心的终端设备的信号质量较好，位于小区边缘的信号质量较差，不同的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围可能不同，例如，有的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围为500米，有的载波对应的小区的覆盖范围为800米。针对第一调度载波中的任意一个载波，若终端所处的该载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以确定进行调度载波的切换。例如，当终端设备处于某个载波的覆盖范围的边缘时，可以请求网络设备进行调度载波的切换，切换到其他覆盖较好的载波上。可选地，终端设备所处的载波对应的覆盖的好坏，可以通过RSRP、RSRQ、CQI中的一项或多项来表征。通过终端设备主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，能够提高调度载波切换的灵活性。
可选地，网络设备可以根据第一调度载波上的负载，和/或，第一调度载波上的信道质量来判断是否需要进行调度载波的切换。可选地，第一调度载波上的负载即为终端设备和网络设备在第一调度载波上的传输的数据量大小。当第一调度载波上的负载在某一时段内大于或等于某一阈值时，网络设备可以确定需要进行调度载波的切换，例如增加调度载波的数量，以服务于终端设备和网络设备之间的数据传输；当第一调度载波上的负载在某一时段内小于或等于某一阈值时，网络设备可以确定需要进行调度载波的切换，例如减小调度载波的数量，以节省终端设备的功耗。可选地，信道质量或覆盖可以通过SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、 CQI来表征。
可选地，当BLER增加至第一阈值时，或者，当BER增加至第二阈值时，或者，当RSRP减小至第三阈值时，或者，当CQI的取值指示信道质量差时，表示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差，或者某个激活载波对应的信道覆盖不佳。通过终端设备主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，能够提高调度载波切换的灵活性。
当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备可以确定需要向终端设备指示调度载波。当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个调度载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换。网络设备根据SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标来进行调度载波的切换时，能够将调度载波从信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳的载波切换到信道质量较好或者信道覆盖较佳的载波上，从而提高用户在调度载波上的数据传输的体验。
网络设备发送的指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，可选地，第二调度载波的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，指示信息指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波，和/或，至少一个激活载波组。可选地，激活载波组中包括一个或多个激活载波。
例如，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
在确定了激活载波后，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个激活载波。可选地，指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个激活载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的激活载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。在DCI中，该字段为001010，表示调度的激活载波是CC1和CC3。
当进行调度载波的切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示终端设备确定了调度载波(即第一调度载波)。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。如图6左边示例，其中之前的指示信息的指示字段为“001010”，对应的第一调度载波为CC1和CC3。
在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波。在确定这至少一个激活载波后，终端设备可以将第一调度载波切换到当前指示信息指示的这至少一个激活载波上，这至少一个激活载波即为第二调度载波。
例如指示信息中的该字段为“001100”，表示第二调度载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3(CC1和CC3为第一调度载波)，切换到CC2和CC3(CC2和CC3为第二调度载波)上。
在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波组，每个激活载波组中包括一个或多个激活载波。当指示信息指示至少一个激活载波组时，终端设备可以将第一调度载波切换到指示信息指示的激活载波组中的激活载波上，该激活载波组中的激活载波即为第二调度载波。
由于不同的激活载波组中包括的激活载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定激活载波组中包含的激活载波。当网络设备要指示各激活载波时，可以确定相应的激活载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
以表1中的载波组为例，指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个激活 载波组。例如指示信息中的字段为“0110”，根据字段“0110”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组为CC1和CC3，该激活载波组中包括CC1和CC3这两个激活载波，终端设备将该激活载波组中包括的CC1和CC3这两个激活载波确定为第二调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，若指示信息中的字段为“0111”，则根据字段“0111”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组为CC1和CC4，该激活载波组中包括CC1和CC4这两个激活载波，终端设备将该激活载波组中包括的CC1和CC4这两个激活载波确定为第二调度载波即可。和/或，若指示信息中的字段为其他字段，根据表1均可获知指示信息指示的激活载波组中包括的激活载波，进而终端设备确定相应的第二调度载波。
当进行调度载波切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示的至少一个激活载波组，指示终端设备确定了当前调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个激活载波组。
由于不同的激活载波组中包括的激活载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定激活载波组中包含的激活载波。当网络设备要指示各激活载波时，可以确定相应的激活载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
仍以表1示例的激活载波组为例，切换之前的指示信息的指示字段为“0110”，对应的激活载波组中包括的激活载波为CC1和CC3，此时终端设备的第一调度载波为CC1和CC3。在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波组。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个激活载波组。在确定调度的至少一个激活载波组后，终端设备可以将当前调度的激活载波(即第一调度载波，例如图7中的CC1和CC3)切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个激活载波组包括的激活载波(即第二调度载波，例如图7中的CC2和CC3)上。例如，指示信息中的该字段为“1001”，结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的激活载波组中包括的激活载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度载波由第一调度载波，即原来的CC1和CC3，切换到第二调度载波，即CC2和CC3上。
图12为本申请实施例提供的处理方法的信令图六，如图12所示，该方法可以包括：
S121，网络设备发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。
网络设备可以为终端设备配置一个或多个载波。在为终端设备配置一个或多个载波后，网络设备还可以对已配置的载波进行激活或去激活，对已配置的载波中进行激活的载波，即为终端设备的激活载波，对已配置的载波中进行去激活的载波，即为终端设备的去激活载波。去激活载波不支持数据的收发或传输。
指示信息也可以称为调度载波指示信息，指示信息是用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波的，网络设备可以向终端设备发送该指示信息，以指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波。
S122，终端设备获取第一信息，并根据第一信息获取指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为下行控制信息。网络设备向终端设备发送下行控制信息，下行控制信息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收下行控制信息后，根据下行控制信息获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为MAC CE。网络设备向终端设备发送MAC CE，MAC CE中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收MAC CE后，根据MAC CE获取该指示信息。
可选地，第一信息为RRC重配置消息。网络设备向终端设备发送RRC重配置消息，RRC重配置消息中包括指示信息。终端设备在接收RRC重配置消息后，根据RRC重配置消息获取该指示信息。
S123，终端设备根据指示信息，在终端设备的激活载波中确定调度载波。
由于指示信息中指示了调度载波，终端设备根据指示信息，在激活载波中确定调度载波。调度载波为后续进行数据传输的载波，网络设备和终端设备可以在调度载波上进行数据传输，而对于激活载波中未被调度的载波，由于网络设备和终端设备无需在未被调度的载波上进行 数据传输，因此终端设备无需监听未被调度的载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，调度载波的数量小于或等于激活载波的数量。例如，若激活载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2，则调度载波可能是CC0，可能是CC1，可能是CC2；调度载波可能包括CC0和CC1，可能包括CC1和CC2，可能包括CC0和CC2；调度载波还可能包括CC0、CC1和CC2。即，调度载波是激活载波的子集。
相比于通过对载波进行去激活，然后再激活可以调度的载波，本申请实施例的方案，通过指示信息就可以实现调度载波的切换。仍以网络设备为终端设备配置的载波包括CC0、CC1和CC2为例，网络设备可以将CC0、CC1和CC2进行激活，然后，通过指示信息指示CC0和CC1为调度载波。终端设备在将CC0和CC1确定为调度载波后，可以通过CC0和CC1，与网络设备进行数据传输，即CC0和CC1可以为终端设备服务。若此时由于某些原因导致CC0无法为当前的终端设备服务，则网络设备可以通过指示信息指示CC1和CC2为调度载波，实现调度载波的切换。这一过程，无需进行载波的激活和去激活过程，能够减小信令流程。和/或，由于没有载波的激活和去激活的过程，也就不会产生当前载波不能为当前的终端设备服务的问题，能够提高用户数据传输的体验。
S124，终端设备根据调度信息，在调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
在终端设备确定调度载波后，终端设备可以从网络设备获取调度信息。可选地，调度信息用于指示终端设备和网络设备在调度载波上进行数据传输。可选地，调度信息中可以包括至少一项数据传输的指示，例如指示终端设备和网络设备在什么时域上进行数据传输，在什么频域上进行数据传输等等。
可选地，终端设备先获取指示信息，根据指示信息确定调度载波，然后获取调度信息。
可选地，终端设备同时获取指示信息和调度信息。例如，网络设备为终端设备配置了3个载波，分别是CC0、CC1和CC2，通过指示信息指示了调度载波为CC1和CC2，且在CC1跨载波调度指示中携带了CC2的调度信息，此时终端设备可以同时获取指示信息和调度信息。
可选地，若调度载波未被载波指示(Carrier Indicator)信息指示，则终端设备可以通过在调度载波上监听PDCCH获取调度信息。即当终端设备未配置跨载波调度时，终端设备可以在调度载波上监听PDCCH，根据PDCCH来获取该调度信息。
可选地，若调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则终端设备可以通过载波指示信息获取调度信息。即当终端设备配置了跨载波调度时，终端设备获取载波指示信息，根据载波指示信息获取该调度信息。可选地，载波指示信息可以承载于DCI上，即终端设备获取DCI，根据DCI获取该载波指示信息。
终端设备在获取调度信息后，可以根据调度信息的指示与网络设备进行数据传输，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送数据，或者，终端设备从网络设备接收数据，等等。
网络设备通过指示信息向终端设备指示调度载波，可以是网络设备确定需要向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换，也可以是终端设备请求网络设备进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，网络设备根据终端设备的当前调度载波上的负载确定切换终端设备的调度载波；和/或，网络设备根据终端设备的当前调度载波上的信道质量，确定切换终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，网络设备可以根据负载来判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，负载可以包括载波上的用户数、数据量等等。当用户数增多时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他用户数较少的载波上，以减小载波的负担。当数据量增大时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备将调度载波切换到其他数据量较小的载波上，以减小载波的负担。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个用户数的阈值，根据用户数是否超过用户数的阈值来判断用户数是否过多，在用户数过多时进行调度载波的切换。可选地，网络设备可以预先设置一个数据量的阈值，根据数据量是否超过数据量的阈值来判断数据量是否过大，在数据量过大时进行调度载波的切换。
可选地，终端设备也可以主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，例如，终端设备向网络设备发送请求信息，该请求信息用于请求切换终端设备的调度载波。网络设备在接收到该请求信息后，根据该请求信息，向网络设备发送该指示信息，终端设备可以根据该指示信 息确定调度载波。
可选地，终端设备可以根据终端设备自身的能力来确定是否向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换。例如，终端设备可以根据终端设备支持的天线数变化、终端设备的业务变化、终端设备的覆盖变化等指标，决定是否向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备的业务数据量增大，但是当前提供调度服务的载波无法提供相应的空口资源时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将激活载波中的较空闲的非调度载波调整为调度载波，以满足终端设备的业务传输需求，再如，也可以使用更多的天线，来增加载波的数量。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备的业务数据量减小时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波，例如，可以将部分调度载波调整为非调度载波，使得终端设备无需在多个调度载波上监听PDCCH，减小终端设备的功耗，再如，可以关闭部分天线端口来减小天线的数量，从而节省终端设备的功耗。
一种可能的实施方式中，当终端设备所处的调度载波对应的覆盖较差时，终端设备可以向网络设备发送请求信息，请求切换终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，网络设备可以根据信道质量或覆盖来判断是否需要指示调度载波或进行调度载波的切换。可选地，信道质量或覆盖可以通过SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI来表征。
可选地，当BLER增加至第一阈值时，或者，当BER增加至第二阈值时，或者，当RSRP减小至第三阈值时，或者，当CQI的取值指示信道质量差时，表示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差，或者某个激活载波对应的信道覆盖不佳。通过终端设备主动向网络设备请求进行调度载波的切换，能够提高调度载波切换的灵活性。
当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个激活载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备可以确定需要向终端设备指示调度载波。和/或，当SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标指示某个调度载波对应的信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳时，网络设备向终端设备指示进行调度载波的切换。网络设备根据SRS测量、BLER、BER、RSRP、CQI中的至少一项指标来进行调度载波的切换时，能够将调度载波从信道质量较差或者信道覆盖不佳的载波切换到信道质量较好或者信道覆盖较佳的载波上，从而提高用户在调度载波上的数据传输的体验。
网络设备发送的指示信息用于指示终端设备在激活载波中确定调度载波，可选地，调度载波的数量为一个或多个。
可选地，指示信息指示至少一个载波，和/或，至少一个载波组。可选地，载波组中包括一个或多个载波。
例如，网络设备为终端设备配置了6个载波，分别是CC0、CC1、CC2、CC3、CC4和CC5。在这6个载波中，网络设备对部分载波进行了激活，其中激活的载波为CC1、CC2、CC3和CC4。
在确定了激活载波后，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个载波。可选地，指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。在DCI中，该字段为001010，表示调度的载波是CC1和CC3。
当进行调度载波的切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示终端设备确定了调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定调度的载波。字段的每一位代表一个载波，每一位的取值可以为0或1，可选地，0代表不调度，1代表调度。如图6左边示例，其中之前的指示信息的指示字段为“001010”，对应的调度载波为CC1和CC3。
在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个载波。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于 RRC重配置消息中。
终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波。在确定调度的至少一个载波后，终端设备可以将调度的载波切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个载波上。
例如指示信息中的该字段为“001100”，表示调度的载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3，切换到CC2和CC3上。
在一些实施例中，指示信息还可以指示至少一个载波组，每个载波组中包括一个或多个载波。当指示信息指示至少一个载波组时，终端设备可以将指示信息指示的载波组中的载波确定为调度载波。
由于不同的载波组中包括的载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定载波组中包含的载波。当网络设备要指示各载波时，可以确定相应的载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
以表1中的载波组为例，指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个载波组。例如指示信息中的字段为“0110”，根据字段“0110”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组为CC1和CC3，该载波组中包括CC1和CC3这两个载波，终端设备将该载波组中包括的CC1和CC3这两个载波确定为调度载波。
一种可能的实施方式中，若指示信息中的字段为“0111”，则根据字段“0111”结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组为CC1和CC4，该载波组中包括CC1和CC4这两个载波，终端设备将该载波组中包括的CC1和CC4这两个载波确定为调度载波即可。和/或，若指示信息中的字段为其他字段，根据表1均可获知指示信息指示的载波组中包括的载波，进而终端设备确定相应的调度载波。
当进行调度载波切换之前，网络设备通过之前的指示信息指示的至少一个载波组，指示终端设备确定了调度载波。指示信息中包括一个字段，根据该字段可以确定至少一个载波组。
由于不同的载波组中包括的载波可能不同，因此，网络设备和终端设备可以预先约定载波组中包含的载波。当网络设备要指示各载波时，可以确定相应的载波组，然后通过指示信息指示终端设备即可。
仍以表1示例的载波组为例，切换之前的指示信息的指示字段为“0110”，对应的载波组中包括的载波为CC1和CC3，此时终端设备的调度载波为CC1和CC3。在需要进行调度载波的切换时，网络设备向终端设备发送指示信息，指示调度的至少一个载波组。可选地，该指示信息可以承载于DCI中，也可以承载于MAC CE中，也可以承载于RRC重配置消息中。
终端设备根据该指示信息可以确定调度的至少一个载波组。在确定调度的至少一个载波组后，终端设备可以将调度的载波切换到当前指示信息指示的至少一个载波组包括的载波上。例如，指示信息中的该字段为“1001”，结合表1，可以获知指示信息指示的载波组中包括的载波是CC2和CC3。则终端设备收到该指示信息后，根据该指示信息，将调度的载波由原来的CC1和CC3，切换到CC2和CC3上。
本申请实施例提供的处理方法，首先网络设备发送指示信息，终端设备在接收到指示信息后，根据指示信息在激活载波中确定调度载波，调度载波可以用于后续网络设备和终端设备进行数据传输。在部分调度的载波无法为终端设备服务而需要进行载波切换时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备激活载波中的调度载波，实现调度载波的切换，而无需进行载波的去激活和激活，信令消耗较小，也能够提高用户数据传输的体验。
本申请实施例提供的处理方法，首先网络设备发送指示信息，终端设备在接收到指示信息后，根据指示信息将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，第二调度载波可以用于后续网络设备和终端设备进行数据传输。在第一调度载波中存在部分载波无法为终端设备服务而需要进行调度载波切换时，网络设备可以通过指示信息指示终端设备完成从第一调度载波到第二调度载波的切换，而无需进行载波的去激活和激活，信令消耗较小，也能够提高用户数据传输的体验。
图13为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图一，如图13所示，该处理装置130包括：
获取模块131，用于获取指示信息；
处理模块132，用于根据所述指示信息，将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述获取模块131具体用于：
接收第一信息；
根据所述第一信息，获取所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述获取模块131还用于：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述获取模块131具体还用于：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，还包括发送模块，所述发送模块用于，在获取指示信息之前：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
本申请实施例提供的处理装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进行赘述。
图14为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图二，如图14所示，该处理装置140包括：
接收模块141，用于响应于终端设备满足预设条件，接收第一信息以获取指示信息；
处理模块142，用于根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件，包括以下至少一种：
发送了切换调度载波请求；
配置了跨载波调度；
未配置跨载波调度。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/ 或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述接收模块141还用于：
获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述接收模块141具体还用于：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，还包括发送模块，所述发送模块用于，在接收第一信息以获取指示信息之前：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
本申请实施例提供的处理装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进行赘述。
图15为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图三，如图15所示，该处理装置150包括：
收发模块151，用于获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信息；
处理模块152，用于根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波；
传输模块153，用于根据调度信息，在所述第二调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
可选地，所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述调度信息通过如下方式获取：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
可选地，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，所述收发模块151还用于，在获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信 息之前：
响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
本申请实施例提供的处理装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进行赘述。
图16为本申请实施例提供的处理装置的结构示意图四，如图16所示，该处理装置160包括：
收发模块161，用于发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，
所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
可选地所述第二调度载波包括：
所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
可选地，所述S3步骤包括：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息中包括所述指示信息。
可选地，所述收发模块161具体用于：
发送第一信息，所述第一信息中包括所述指示信息。
可选地，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
下行控制信息；
媒体接入控制层控制单元；
无线资源控制重配置消息。
可选地，所述收发模块161还用于：
发送调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
可选地，所述收发模块161具体还用于：
若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述第二调度载波上的物理下行控制信道发送所述调度信息；和/或，
若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息发送所述调度信息。
可选地，所述网络设备发送所述指示信息的时刻不晚于发送所述调度信息的时刻。
可选地，所述收发模块161还用于，在发送指示信息之前：
接收请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
可选地，所述收发模块161还用于，在发送指示信息之前：
根据所述第一调度载波上的负载，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波；和/或，
根据所述第一调度载波上的信道质量，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
本申请实施例提供的处理装置可以执行上述方法实施例所示的技术方案，其实现原理以及有益效果类似，此处不再进行赘述。
图17为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的结构示意图。如图17所示，本实施例所述的通信设备170可以是前述方法实施例中提到的终端设备(或者可用于终端设备的部件)或者网络设备(或者可用于网络设备的部件)。通信设备170可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的对应于终端设备或者网络设备的方法，具体参见上述方法实施例中的说明。
通信设备170可以包括一个或多个处理器171，该处理器171也可以称为处理单元，可以实现一定的控制或者处理功能。处理器171可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器、或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理， 中央处理器可以用于对通信设备进行控制，执行软件程序，处理软件程序的数据。
可选地，处理器171也可以存有指令173或者数据(例如中间数据)。可选地，指令173可以被处理器171运行，使得通信设备170执行上述方法实施例中描述的对应于终端设备或者网络设备的方法。
可选地，通信设备170可以包括电路，该电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。
可选地，通信设备170中可以包括一个或多个存储器172，其上可以存有指令174，该指令可在处理器171上被运行，使得通信设备170执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。
可选地，存储器172中也可以是存储有数据。处理器171和存储器172可以单独设置，也可以集成在一起。
可选地，通信设备170还可以包括收发器175和/或天线176。处理器171可以称为处理单元，对通信设备170(终端设备或核心网设备或者无线接入网设备)进行控制。收发器175可以称为收发单元、收发机、收发电路、或者收发器等，用于实现通信设备170的收发功能。
可选地，若该通信设备170用于实现对应于上述各实施例中终端设备的操作时，例如，可以由收发器175获取指示信息；以及，由处理器171根据指示信息，将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。可选地，若该通信设备170用于实现对应于上述各实施例中终端设备的操作时，例如，可以由收发器175响应于终端设备满足预设条件，接收第一信息以获取指示信息；以及，由处理器171根据指示信息，将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。可选地，若该通信设备170用于实现对应于上述各实施例中终端设备的操作时，例如，可以由收发器175获取第一信息，并根据第一信息获取指示信息；以及，由处理器171根据指示信息，将终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波，并根据调度信息，在第二调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
可选地，处理器171和收发器175的具体实现过程可以参见上述各实施例的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
可选地，若该通信设备170用于实现对应于上述各实施例中网络设备的操作时，例如：可以由收发器175，发送指示信息，指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
可选地，处理器171和收发器175的具体实现过程可以参见上述各实施例的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
本申请中描述的处理器171和收发器175可实现在IC(Integrated Circuit，集成电路)、模拟集成电路、RFIC(Radio Frequency Integrated Circuit，射频集成电路)、混合信号集成电路、ASIC(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，专用集成电路)、PCB(Printed Circuit Board，印刷电路板)、电子设备等上。该处理器171和收发器175也可以用各种集成电路工艺技术来制造，例如CMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor，互补金属氧化物半导体)、NMOS(N Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor，N型金属氧化物半导体)、PMOS(Positive channel Metal Oxide Semiconductor，P型金属氧化物半导体)、BJT(Bipolar Junction Transistor，双极结型晶体管)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。
本申请中，通信设备可以为终端设备，也可以为网络设备(如基站)，具体需要根据上下文来加以确定，另外，终端设备可以以各种形式来实施。例如，本申请中描述的终端设备可以包括诸如手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant，PDA)、便捷式媒体播放器(Portable Media Player，PMP)、导航装置、可穿戴设备、智能手环、计步器等移动终端，以及诸如数字TV、台式计算机等固定终端。
虽然在以上的实施例描述中，通信设备以终端设备或者网络设备为例来描述，但本申请中描述的通信设备的范围并不限于上述终端设备或网络设备，而且通信设备的结构可以不受图17的限制。通信设备可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。
本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统，包括：如上任一方法实施例中的终端设备；以及，如上任一方法实施例中的网络设备。
本申请实施例还提供一种终端设备，终端设备包括：存储器、处理器；其中，存储器上存储有计算机程序，计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的处理方法的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供一种网络设备，网络设备包括：存储器、处理器；其中，存储器上存储有计算机程序，计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的处理方法的步骤。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序，计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任一实施例中的处理方法的步骤。
在本申请实施例提供的终端设备、网络设备和计算机可读存储介质的实施例中，可以包含任一上述处理方法实施例的全部技术特征，说明书拓展和解释内容与上述方法的各实施例基本相同，在此不做再赘述。
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品，计算机程序产品包括计算机程序代码，当计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行如上各种可能的实施方式中的方法。
本申请实施例还提供一种芯片，包括存储器和处理器，存储器用于存储计算机程序，处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序，使得安装有芯片的设备执行如上各种可能的实施方式中的方法。
上述本申请实施例序号仅仅为了描述，不代表实施例的优劣。
本申请实施例方法中的步骤可以根据实际需要进行顺序调整、合并和删减。
本申请实施例设备中的单元可以根据实际需要进行合并、划分和删减。
在本申请中，对于相同或相似的术语概念、技术方案和/或应用场景描述，一般只在第一次出现时进行详细描述，后面再重复出现时，为了简洁，一般未再重复阐述，在理解本申请技术方案等内容时，对于在后未详细描述的相同或相似的术语概念、技术方案和/或应用场景描述等，可以参考其之前的相关详细描述。
在本申请中，对各个实施例的描述都各有侧重，某个实施例中没有详述或记载的部分，可以参见其它实施例的相关描述。
本申请技术方案的各技术特征可以进行任意的组合，为使描述简洁，未对上述实施例中的各个技术特征所有可能的组合都进行描述，然而，只要这些技术特征的组合不存在矛盾，都应当认为是本申请记载的范围。
通过以上的实施方式的描述，本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现，当然也可以通过硬件，但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解，本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在如上的一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中，包括若干指令用以使得一台终端设备(可以是手机，计算机，服务器，被控终端，或者网络设备等)执行本申请每个实施例的方法。
在上述实施例中，可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时，可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时，全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络，或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中，或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输，例如，计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线)或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质，(例如，软盘、存储盘、磁带)、光介质(例如，DVD)，或者半导体介质(例如固态存储盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。
以上仅为本申请的优选实施例，并非因此限制本申请的专利范围，凡是利用本申请说明书及附图内容所作的等效结构或等效流程变换，或直接或间接运用在其他相关的技术领域，均同理包括在本申请的专利保护范围内。

Claims (45)

  1. 一种处理方法，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
    S1，获取指示信息；
    S2，根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其中，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其中，所述第二调度载波包括：
    所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
  5. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述S1步骤包括：
    接收第一信息；
    根据所述第一信息，获取所述指示信息。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    下行控制信息；
    媒体接入控制层控制单元；
    无线资源控制重配置消息。
  7. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其中，所述获取调度信息，包括：
    若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
    若所述第二调度载波被所述载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
  9. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
  10. 根据权利要求1至4中任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述S1步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
    响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
    所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
  12. 一种处理方法，其中，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
    S10，响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，接收第一信息以获取指示信息；
    S20，根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备满足预设条件，包括以下至少一种：
    发送了切换调度载波请求；
    配置了跨载波调度；
    未配置跨载波调度。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其中，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波 集合的子集；和/或，所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其中，所述第二调度载波包括：
    所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
  17. 根据权利要求12至16中任一项中所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
    下行控制信息；
    媒体接入控制层控制单元；
    无线资源控制重配置消息。
  18. 根据权利要求12至16中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    获取调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其中，所述获取调度信息，包括：
    若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
    若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
  21. 根据权利要求12至16中任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述S10步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
    响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
    所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
  23. 一种处理方法，应用于终端设备，包括以下步骤：
    S100，获取第一信息，并根据所述第一信息获取指示信息；
    S200，根据所述指示信息，将所述终端设备的调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波；
    S300，根据调度信息，在所述第二调度载波上与网络设备进行数据传输。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其中，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其中，所述第二调度载波包括：
    所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
  27. 根据权利要求23至26中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息包括以下中的至少一项：
    下行控制信息；
    媒体接入控制层控制单元；
    无线资源控制重配置消息。
  28. 根据权利要求23至26中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述调度信息通过如下方式获取：
    若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过在所述第二调度载波上监听物理下 行控制信道获取所述调度信息；和/或，
    若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息获取所述调度信息。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备获取所述指示信息的时刻不晚于获取所述调度信息的时刻。
  30. 根据权利要求23至26中任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述S100步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
    响应于所述终端设备满足预设条件，发送请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法，其中，所述终端设备满足预设条件包括：
    所述终端设备根据业务数据量大小确定需要切换调度载波；和/或，所述终端设备根据所述第一调度载波的覆盖确定需要切换调度载波。
  32. 一种处理方法，应用于网络设备，包括以下步骤：
    S3，发送指示信息，所述指示信息用于指示终端设备将调度载波由第一调度载波切换为第二调度载波。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法，其中，所述第一调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集；和/或，所述第二调度载波为所述终端设备的激活载波集合的子集。
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的方法，其中，所述指示信息用于指示所述终端设备的激活载波集合中的至少一个激活载波和/或至少一个激活载波组。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的方法，其中，所述第二调度载波包括：
    所述指示信息指示的所述至少一个激活载波和/或所述至少一个激活载波组中的激活载波。
  36. 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述S3步骤包括：
    发送第一信息，所述第一信息中包括所述指示信息。
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法，其中，所述第一信息包括以下至少一项：
    下行控制信息；
    媒体接入控制层控制单元；
    无线资源控制重配置消息。
  38. 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的方法，其中，所述方法还包括：
    发送调度信息，所述调度信息用于指示所述终端设备和网络设备在所述第二调度载波上进行数据传输。
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其中，所述发送调度信息，包括：
    若所述第二调度载波未被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述第二调度载波上的物理下行控制信道发送所述调度信息；和/或，
    若所述第二调度载波被载波指示信息指示，则通过所述载波指示信息发送所述调度信息。
  40. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其中，所述网络设备发送所述指示信息的时刻不晚于发送所述调度信息的时刻。
  41. 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述S3步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
    接收请求信息，所述请求信息用于请求切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
  42. 根据权利要求32至35中任一项所述的方法，其中，在所述S3步骤之前，所述方法还包括：
    根据所述第一调度载波上的负载，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波；和/或，
    根据所述第一调度载波上的信道质量，确定切换所述终端设备的调度载波。
  43. 一种通信系统，包括：
    用于执行如权利要求1至31中任一项所述方法的终端设备；
    用于执行如权利要求32至42中任一项所述方法的网络设备。
  44. 一种通信设备，包括：存储器和处理器；
    所述存储器用于存储程序指令；
    所述处理器用于调用所述存储器中的程序指令以执行如权利要求1至42中任一项所述的方法。
  45. 一种计算机可读存储介质，所述存储介质上存储有计算机程序；所述计算机程序被执行时，实现如权利要求1至42中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2022/133477 2021-11-22 2022-11-22 处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质 WO2023088485A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111382801.5 2021-11-22
CN202111382801.5A CN113825192B (zh) 2021-11-22 2021-11-22 处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023088485A1 true WO2023088485A1 (zh) 2023-05-25

Family

ID=78917977

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/133477 WO2023088485A1 (zh) 2021-11-22 2022-11-22 处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113825192B (zh)
WO (1) WO2023088485A1 (zh)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113825192B (zh) * 2021-11-22 2022-03-08 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质
CN116939753A (zh) * 2022-04-01 2023-10-24 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种载波切换方法、装置、终端及网络侧设备

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110207495A1 (en) * 2008-10-31 2011-08-25 Dirk Gerstenberger Method and Arrangement in a Multi-Carrier Communication Network System
CN102696273A (zh) * 2010-01-08 2012-09-26 富士通株式会社 载波聚合系统中载波管理的方法和装置
CN106165485A (zh) * 2015-02-15 2016-11-23 华为技术有限公司 一种载波管理方法、系统、基站及用户设备
CN108024379A (zh) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 电信科学技术研究院 一种跨载波调度方法及装置
CN113825192A (zh) * 2021-11-22 2021-12-21 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8320342B2 (en) * 2009-06-12 2012-11-27 Lg Electronics Inc. Method of managing carriers in a broadband wireless access system
CN105577338B (zh) * 2014-10-17 2019-12-10 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 非对称上行载波聚合中主辅载波的切换方法及装置
CN108810944B (zh) * 2017-05-04 2021-04-20 华为技术有限公司 上行载波切换的方法、网络设备和终端设备
WO2019174013A1 (zh) * 2018-03-15 2019-09-19 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、通信装置和系统
CN110611918B (zh) * 2018-06-14 2023-01-31 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 载波聚合中上行载波的配置方法、装置和基站
CN113543318A (zh) * 2020-04-15 2021-10-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 一种载波确定及指示方法、设备、装置、介质

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20110207495A1 (en) * 2008-10-31 2011-08-25 Dirk Gerstenberger Method and Arrangement in a Multi-Carrier Communication Network System
CN102696273A (zh) * 2010-01-08 2012-09-26 富士通株式会社 载波聚合系统中载波管理的方法和装置
CN106165485A (zh) * 2015-02-15 2016-11-23 华为技术有限公司 一种载波管理方法、系统、基站及用户设备
CN108024379A (zh) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 电信科学技术研究院 一种跨载波调度方法及装置
CN113825192A (zh) * 2021-11-22 2021-12-21 深圳传音控股股份有限公司 处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113825192A (zh) 2021-12-21
CN113825192B (zh) 2022-03-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2023088485A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备、通信系统及存储介质
WO2021078235A1 (zh) 测量处理方法、指示信息发送方法、终端和网络设备
WO2018120239A1 (zh) 一种网络通信方法和终端
US11963146B2 (en) Method and device for detecting slot format indication, and method and device for configuring slot format indication
WO2020057317A1 (zh) 传输指示信号的传输方法、网络设备及终端
WO2023213257A1 (zh) 数据传输方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2018201938A1 (zh) 资源映射方法、网络设备和终端设备
EP3451570B1 (en) Method and device for downlink data transmission
WO2019242482A1 (zh) 一种命令处理方法及终端设备
WO2023221831A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2018130092A1 (zh) 一种信息接收、发送方法及设备
WO2023130954A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2020173313A1 (zh) 传输资源指示方法、传输方法、网络设备和终端
WO2019242568A1 (zh) 功率分配方法及终端
WO2023082603A1 (zh) 提醒方法、终端设备、网络设备及存储介质
WO2021197191A1 (zh) 冲突资源确定方法和终端
JP2021513806A (ja) Ｃｓｉリソースタイプの決定方法、端末及びネットワーク側装置
WO2022217552A1 (zh) panel状态的处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2021213265A1 (zh) 节能模式切换方法、终端及网络侧设备
WO2021208953A1 (zh) 冲突资源判断方法、终端和网络设备
WO2021088783A1 (zh) 物理下行控制信道的检测方法及装置
WO2024055251A1 (zh) 控制方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2023115422A1 (zh) 处理方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2023164806A1 (zh) 监听方法、通信设备及存储介质
WO2021227855A1 (zh) 一种数据处理方法及相关设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22895014

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1